comparison gcc/cfgexpand.c @ 111:04ced10e8804

gcc 7
author kono
date Fri, 27 Oct 2017 22:46:09 +0900
parents f6334be47118
children ab0bcb71f44d 84e7813d76e9
comparison
equal deleted inserted replaced
68:561a7518be6b 111:04ced10e8804
1 /* A pass for lowering trees to RTL. 1 /* A pass for lowering trees to RTL.
2 Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 2 Copyright (C) 2004-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 3
5 This file is part of GCC. 4 This file is part of GCC.
6 5
7 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify 6 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by 7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
19 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ 18 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
20 19
21 #include "config.h" 20 #include "config.h"
22 #include "system.h" 21 #include "system.h"
23 #include "coretypes.h" 22 #include "coretypes.h"
24 #include "tm.h" 23 #include "backend.h"
24 #include "target.h"
25 #include "rtl.h"
25 #include "tree.h" 26 #include "tree.h"
26 #include "rtl.h" 27 #include "gimple.h"
28 #include "cfghooks.h"
29 #include "tree-pass.h"
30 #include "memmodel.h"
27 #include "tm_p.h" 31 #include "tm_p.h"
28 #include "basic-block.h" 32 #include "ssa.h"
29 #include "function.h" 33 #include "optabs.h"
34 #include "regs.h" /* For reg_renumber. */
35 #include "emit-rtl.h"
36 #include "recog.h"
37 #include "cgraph.h"
38 #include "diagnostic.h"
39 #include "fold-const.h"
40 #include "varasm.h"
41 #include "stor-layout.h"
42 #include "stmt.h"
43 #include "print-tree.h"
44 #include "cfgrtl.h"
45 #include "cfganal.h"
46 #include "cfgbuild.h"
47 #include "cfgcleanup.h"
48 #include "dojump.h"
49 #include "explow.h"
50 #include "calls.h"
30 #include "expr.h" 51 #include "expr.h"
31 #include "langhooks.h" 52 #include "internal-fn.h"
32 #include "tree-flow.h" 53 #include "tree-eh.h"
33 #include "timevar.h" 54 #include "gimple-iterator.h"
34 #include "tree-dump.h" 55 #include "gimple-expr.h"
35 #include "tree-pass.h" 56 #include "gimple-walk.h"
57 #include "tree-cfg.h"
58 #include "tree-dfa.h"
59 #include "tree-ssa.h"
36 #include "except.h" 60 #include "except.h"
37 #include "flags.h"
38 #include "diagnostic.h"
39 #include "tree-pretty-print.h"
40 #include "gimple-pretty-print.h" 61 #include "gimple-pretty-print.h"
41 #include "toplev.h" 62 #include "toplev.h"
42 #include "debug.h" 63 #include "debug.h"
43 #include "params.h" 64 #include "params.h"
44 #include "tree-inline.h" 65 #include "tree-inline.h"
45 #include "value-prof.h" 66 #include "value-prof.h"
46 #include "target.h" 67 #include "tree-ssa-live.h"
47 #include "ssaexpand.h" 68 #include "tree-outof-ssa.h"
48 #include "bitmap.h" 69 #include "cfgloop.h"
49 #include "sbitmap.h"
50 #include "insn-attr.h" /* For INSN_SCHEDULING. */ 70 #include "insn-attr.h" /* For INSN_SCHEDULING. */
71 #include "stringpool.h"
72 #include "attribs.h"
73 #include "asan.h"
74 #include "tree-ssa-address.h"
75 #include "output.h"
76 #include "builtins.h"
77 #include "tree-chkp.h"
78 #include "rtl-chkp.h"
79
80 /* Some systems use __main in a way incompatible with its use in gcc, in these
81 cases use the macros NAME__MAIN to give a quoted symbol and SYMBOL__MAIN to
82 give the same symbol without quotes for an alternative entry point. You
83 must define both, or neither. */
84 #ifndef NAME__MAIN
85 #define NAME__MAIN "__main"
86 #endif
51 87
52 /* This variable holds information helping the rewriting of SSA trees 88 /* This variable holds information helping the rewriting of SSA trees
53 into RTL. */ 89 into RTL. */
54 struct ssaexpand SA; 90 struct ssaexpand SA;
55 91
56 /* This variable holds the currently expanded gimple statement for purposes 92 /* This variable holds the currently expanded gimple statement for purposes
57 of comminucating the profile info to the builtin expanders. */ 93 of comminucating the profile info to the builtin expanders. */
58 gimple currently_expanding_gimple_stmt; 94 gimple *currently_expanding_gimple_stmt;
95
96 static rtx expand_debug_expr (tree);
97
98 static bool defer_stack_allocation (tree, bool);
99
100 static void record_alignment_for_reg_var (unsigned int);
59 101
60 /* Return an expression tree corresponding to the RHS of GIMPLE 102 /* Return an expression tree corresponding to the RHS of GIMPLE
61 statement STMT. */ 103 statement STMT. */
62 104
63 tree 105 tree
64 gimple_assign_rhs_to_tree (gimple stmt) 106 gimple_assign_rhs_to_tree (gimple *stmt)
65 { 107 {
66 tree t; 108 tree t;
67 enum gimple_rhs_class grhs_class; 109 enum gimple_rhs_class grhs_class;
68 110
69 grhs_class = get_gimple_rhs_class (gimple_expr_code (stmt)); 111 grhs_class = get_gimple_rhs_class (gimple_expr_code (stmt));
89 /* Avoid modifying this tree in place below. */ 131 /* Avoid modifying this tree in place below. */
90 if ((gimple_has_location (stmt) && CAN_HAVE_LOCATION_P (t) 132 if ((gimple_has_location (stmt) && CAN_HAVE_LOCATION_P (t)
91 && gimple_location (stmt) != EXPR_LOCATION (t)) 133 && gimple_location (stmt) != EXPR_LOCATION (t))
92 || (gimple_block (stmt) 134 || (gimple_block (stmt)
93 && currently_expanding_to_rtl 135 && currently_expanding_to_rtl
94 && EXPR_P (t) 136 && EXPR_P (t)))
95 && gimple_block (stmt) != TREE_BLOCK (t)))
96 t = copy_node (t); 137 t = copy_node (t);
97 } 138 }
98 else 139 else
99 gcc_unreachable (); 140 gcc_unreachable ();
100 141
101 if (gimple_has_location (stmt) && CAN_HAVE_LOCATION_P (t)) 142 if (gimple_has_location (stmt) && CAN_HAVE_LOCATION_P (t))
102 SET_EXPR_LOCATION (t, gimple_location (stmt)); 143 SET_EXPR_LOCATION (t, gimple_location (stmt));
103 if (gimple_block (stmt) && currently_expanding_to_rtl && EXPR_P (t))
104 TREE_BLOCK (t) = gimple_block (stmt);
105 144
106 return t; 145 return t;
107 } 146 }
108 147
109 148
110 #ifndef STACK_ALIGNMENT_NEEDED 149 #ifndef STACK_ALIGNMENT_NEEDED
111 #define STACK_ALIGNMENT_NEEDED 1 150 #define STACK_ALIGNMENT_NEEDED 1
112 #endif 151 #endif
113 152
114 #define SSAVAR(x) (TREE_CODE (x) == SSA_NAME ? SSA_NAME_VAR (x) : x) 153 #define SSAVAR(x) (TREE_CODE (x) == SSA_NAME ? SSA_NAME_VAR (x) : x)
154
155 /* Choose either CUR or NEXT as the leader DECL for a partition.
156 Prefer ignored decls, to simplify debug dumps and reduce ambiguity
157 out of the same user variable being in multiple partitions (this is
158 less likely for compiler-introduced temps). */
159
160 static tree
161 leader_merge (tree cur, tree next)
162 {
163 if (cur == NULL || cur == next)
164 return next;
165
166 if (DECL_P (cur) && DECL_IGNORED_P (cur))
167 return cur;
168
169 if (DECL_P (next) && DECL_IGNORED_P (next))
170 return next;
171
172 return cur;
173 }
115 174
116 /* Associate declaration T with storage space X. If T is no 175 /* Associate declaration T with storage space X. If T is no
117 SSA name this is exactly SET_DECL_RTL, otherwise make the 176 SSA name this is exactly SET_DECL_RTL, otherwise make the
118 partition of T associated with X. */ 177 partition of T associated with X. */
119 static inline void 178 static inline void
120 set_rtl (tree t, rtx x) 179 set_rtl (tree t, rtx x)
121 { 180 {
181 gcc_checking_assert (!x
182 || !(TREE_CODE (t) == SSA_NAME || is_gimple_reg (t))
183 || (use_register_for_decl (t)
184 ? (REG_P (x)
185 || (GET_CODE (x) == CONCAT
186 && (REG_P (XEXP (x, 0))
187 || SUBREG_P (XEXP (x, 0)))
188 && (REG_P (XEXP (x, 1))
189 || SUBREG_P (XEXP (x, 1))))
190 /* We need to accept PARALLELs for RESUT_DECLs
191 because of vector types with BLKmode returned
192 in multiple registers, but they are supposed
193 to be uncoalesced. */
194 || (GET_CODE (x) == PARALLEL
195 && SSAVAR (t)
196 && TREE_CODE (SSAVAR (t)) == RESULT_DECL
197 && (GET_MODE (x) == BLKmode
198 || !flag_tree_coalesce_vars)))
199 : (MEM_P (x) || x == pc_rtx
200 || (GET_CODE (x) == CONCAT
201 && MEM_P (XEXP (x, 0))
202 && MEM_P (XEXP (x, 1))))));
203 /* Check that the RTL for SSA_NAMEs and gimple-reg PARM_DECLs and
204 RESULT_DECLs has the expected mode. For memory, we accept
205 unpromoted modes, since that's what we're likely to get. For
206 PARM_DECLs and RESULT_DECLs, we'll have been called by
207 set_parm_rtl, which will give us the default def, so we don't
208 have to compute it ourselves. For RESULT_DECLs, we accept mode
209 mismatches too, as long as we have BLKmode or are not coalescing
210 across variables, so that we don't reject BLKmode PARALLELs or
211 unpromoted REGs. */
212 gcc_checking_assert (!x || x == pc_rtx || TREE_CODE (t) != SSA_NAME
213 || (SSAVAR (t)
214 && TREE_CODE (SSAVAR (t)) == RESULT_DECL
215 && (promote_ssa_mode (t, NULL) == BLKmode
216 || !flag_tree_coalesce_vars))
217 || !use_register_for_decl (t)
218 || GET_MODE (x) == promote_ssa_mode (t, NULL));
219
220 if (x)
221 {
222 bool skip = false;
223 tree cur = NULL_TREE;
224 rtx xm = x;
225
226 retry:
227 if (MEM_P (xm))
228 cur = MEM_EXPR (xm);
229 else if (REG_P (xm))
230 cur = REG_EXPR (xm);
231 else if (SUBREG_P (xm))
232 {
233 gcc_assert (subreg_lowpart_p (xm));
234 xm = SUBREG_REG (xm);
235 goto retry;
236 }
237 else if (GET_CODE (xm) == CONCAT)
238 {
239 xm = XEXP (xm, 0);
240 goto retry;
241 }
242 else if (GET_CODE (xm) == PARALLEL)
243 {
244 xm = XVECEXP (xm, 0, 0);
245 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (xm) == EXPR_LIST);
246 xm = XEXP (xm, 0);
247 goto retry;
248 }
249 else if (xm == pc_rtx)
250 skip = true;
251 else
252 gcc_unreachable ();
253
254 tree next = skip ? cur : leader_merge (cur, SSAVAR (t) ? SSAVAR (t) : t);
255
256 if (cur != next)
257 {
258 if (MEM_P (x))
259 set_mem_attributes (x,
260 next && TREE_CODE (next) == SSA_NAME
261 ? TREE_TYPE (next)
262 : next, true);
263 else
264 set_reg_attrs_for_decl_rtl (next, x);
265 }
266 }
267
122 if (TREE_CODE (t) == SSA_NAME) 268 if (TREE_CODE (t) == SSA_NAME)
123 { 269 {
124 SA.partition_to_pseudo[var_to_partition (SA.map, t)] = x; 270 int part = var_to_partition (SA.map, t);
125 if (x && !MEM_P (x)) 271 if (part != NO_PARTITION)
126 set_reg_attrs_for_decl_rtl (SSA_NAME_VAR (t), x); 272 {
127 /* For the benefit of debug information at -O0 (where vartracking 273 if (SA.partition_to_pseudo[part])
128 doesn't run) record the place also in the base DECL if it's 274 gcc_assert (SA.partition_to_pseudo[part] == x);
129 a normal variable (not a parameter). */ 275 else if (x != pc_rtx)
130 if (x && x != pc_rtx && TREE_CODE (SSA_NAME_VAR (t)) == VAR_DECL) 276 SA.partition_to_pseudo[part] = x;
277 }
278 /* For the benefit of debug information at -O0 (where
279 vartracking doesn't run) record the place also in the base
280 DECL. For PARMs and RESULTs, do so only when setting the
281 default def. */
282 if (x && x != pc_rtx && SSA_NAME_VAR (t)
283 && (VAR_P (SSA_NAME_VAR (t))
284 || SSA_NAME_IS_DEFAULT_DEF (t)))
131 { 285 {
132 tree var = SSA_NAME_VAR (t); 286 tree var = SSA_NAME_VAR (t);
133 /* If we don't yet have something recorded, just record it now. */ 287 /* If we don't yet have something recorded, just record it now. */
134 if (!DECL_RTL_SET_P (var)) 288 if (!DECL_RTL_SET_P (var))
135 SET_DECL_RTL (var, x); 289 SET_DECL_RTL (var, x);
136 /* If we have it set alrady to "multiple places" don't 290 /* If we have it set already to "multiple places" don't
137 change this. */ 291 change this. */
138 else if (DECL_RTL (var) == pc_rtx) 292 else if (DECL_RTL (var) == pc_rtx)
139 ; 293 ;
140 /* If we have something recorded and it's not the same place 294 /* If we have something recorded and it's not the same place
141 as we want to record now, we have multiple partitions for the 295 as we want to record now, we have multiple partitions for the
156 struct stack_var 310 struct stack_var
157 { 311 {
158 /* The Variable. */ 312 /* The Variable. */
159 tree decl; 313 tree decl;
160 314
161 /* The offset of the variable. During partitioning, this is the
162 offset relative to the partition. After partitioning, this
163 is relative to the stack frame. */
164 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
165
166 /* Initially, the size of the variable. Later, the size of the partition, 315 /* Initially, the size of the variable. Later, the size of the partition,
167 if this variable becomes it's partition's representative. */ 316 if this variable becomes it's partition's representative. */
168 HOST_WIDE_INT size; 317 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
169 318
170 /* The *byte* alignment required for this variable. Or as, with the 319 /* The *byte* alignment required for this variable. Or as, with the
185 334
186 /* We have an array of such objects while deciding allocation. */ 335 /* We have an array of such objects while deciding allocation. */
187 static struct stack_var *stack_vars; 336 static struct stack_var *stack_vars;
188 static size_t stack_vars_alloc; 337 static size_t stack_vars_alloc;
189 static size_t stack_vars_num; 338 static size_t stack_vars_num;
339 static hash_map<tree, size_t> *decl_to_stack_part;
340
341 /* Conflict bitmaps go on this obstack. This allows us to destroy
342 all of them in one big sweep. */
343 static bitmap_obstack stack_var_bitmap_obstack;
190 344
191 /* An array of indices such that stack_vars[stack_vars_sorted[i]].size 345 /* An array of indices such that stack_vars[stack_vars_sorted[i]].size
192 is non-decreasing. */ 346 is non-decreasing. */
193 static size_t *stack_vars_sorted; 347 static size_t *stack_vars_sorted;
194 348
203 357
204 /* Used during expand_used_vars. Remember if we say a character buffer 358 /* Used during expand_used_vars. Remember if we say a character buffer
205 smaller than our cutoff threshold. Used for -Wstack-protector. */ 359 smaller than our cutoff threshold. Used for -Wstack-protector. */
206 static bool has_short_buffer; 360 static bool has_short_buffer;
207 361
208 /* Discover the byte alignment to use for DECL. Ignore alignment 362 /* Compute the byte alignment to use for DECL. Ignore alignment
209 we can't do with expected alignment of the stack boundary. */ 363 we can't do with expected alignment of the stack boundary. */
210 364
211 static unsigned int 365 static unsigned int
212 get_decl_align_unit (tree decl) 366 align_local_variable (tree decl)
213 { 367 {
214 unsigned int align = LOCAL_DECL_ALIGNMENT (decl); 368 unsigned int align;
369
370 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == SSA_NAME)
371 align = TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (decl));
372 else
373 {
374 align = LOCAL_DECL_ALIGNMENT (decl);
375 SET_DECL_ALIGN (decl, align);
376 }
215 return align / BITS_PER_UNIT; 377 return align / BITS_PER_UNIT;
378 }
379
380 /* Align given offset BASE with ALIGN. Truncate up if ALIGN_UP is true,
381 down otherwise. Return truncated BASE value. */
382
383 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
384 align_base (HOST_WIDE_INT base, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align, bool align_up)
385 {
386 return align_up ? (base + align - 1) & -align : base & -align;
216 } 387 }
217 388
218 /* Allocate SIZE bytes at byte alignment ALIGN from the stack frame. 389 /* Allocate SIZE bytes at byte alignment ALIGN from the stack frame.
219 Return the frame offset. */ 390 Return the frame offset. */
220 391
221 static HOST_WIDE_INT 392 static HOST_WIDE_INT
222 alloc_stack_frame_space (HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align) 393 alloc_stack_frame_space (HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align)
223 { 394 {
224 HOST_WIDE_INT offset, new_frame_offset; 395 HOST_WIDE_INT offset, new_frame_offset;
225 396
226 new_frame_offset = frame_offset;
227 if (FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD) 397 if (FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD)
228 { 398 {
229 new_frame_offset -= size + frame_phase; 399 new_frame_offset
230 new_frame_offset &= -align; 400 = align_base (frame_offset - frame_phase - size,
231 new_frame_offset += frame_phase; 401 align, false) + frame_phase;
232 offset = new_frame_offset; 402 offset = new_frame_offset;
233 } 403 }
234 else 404 else
235 { 405 {
236 new_frame_offset -= frame_phase; 406 new_frame_offset
237 new_frame_offset += align - 1; 407 = align_base (frame_offset - frame_phase, align, true) + frame_phase;
238 new_frame_offset &= -align;
239 new_frame_offset += frame_phase;
240 offset = new_frame_offset; 408 offset = new_frame_offset;
241 new_frame_offset += size; 409 new_frame_offset += size;
242 } 410 }
243 frame_offset = new_frame_offset; 411 frame_offset = new_frame_offset;
244 412
262 else 430 else
263 stack_vars_alloc = 32; 431 stack_vars_alloc = 32;
264 stack_vars 432 stack_vars
265 = XRESIZEVEC (struct stack_var, stack_vars, stack_vars_alloc); 433 = XRESIZEVEC (struct stack_var, stack_vars, stack_vars_alloc);
266 } 434 }
435 if (!decl_to_stack_part)
436 decl_to_stack_part = new hash_map<tree, size_t>;
437
267 v = &stack_vars[stack_vars_num]; 438 v = &stack_vars[stack_vars_num];
439 decl_to_stack_part->put (decl, stack_vars_num);
268 440
269 v->decl = decl; 441 v->decl = decl;
270 v->offset = 0; 442 tree size = TREE_CODE (decl) == SSA_NAME
271 v->size = tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (SSAVAR (decl)), 1); 443 ? TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (decl))
444 : DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl);
445 v->size = tree_to_uhwi (size);
272 /* Ensure that all variables have size, so that &a != &b for any two 446 /* Ensure that all variables have size, so that &a != &b for any two
273 variables that are simultaneously live. */ 447 variables that are simultaneously live. */
274 if (v->size == 0) 448 if (v->size == 0)
275 v->size = 1; 449 v->size = 1;
276 v->alignb = get_decl_align_unit (SSAVAR (decl)); 450 v->alignb = align_local_variable (decl);
451 /* An alignment of zero can mightily confuse us later. */
452 gcc_assert (v->alignb != 0);
277 453
278 /* All variables are initially in their own partition. */ 454 /* All variables are initially in their own partition. */
279 v->representative = stack_vars_num; 455 v->representative = stack_vars_num;
280 v->next = EOC; 456 v->next = EOC;
281 457
294 add_stack_var_conflict (size_t x, size_t y) 470 add_stack_var_conflict (size_t x, size_t y)
295 { 471 {
296 struct stack_var *a = &stack_vars[x]; 472 struct stack_var *a = &stack_vars[x];
297 struct stack_var *b = &stack_vars[y]; 473 struct stack_var *b = &stack_vars[y];
298 if (!a->conflicts) 474 if (!a->conflicts)
299 a->conflicts = BITMAP_ALLOC (NULL); 475 a->conflicts = BITMAP_ALLOC (&stack_var_bitmap_obstack);
300 if (!b->conflicts) 476 if (!b->conflicts)
301 b->conflicts = BITMAP_ALLOC (NULL); 477 b->conflicts = BITMAP_ALLOC (&stack_var_bitmap_obstack);
302 bitmap_set_bit (a->conflicts, y); 478 bitmap_set_bit (a->conflicts, y);
303 bitmap_set_bit (b->conflicts, x); 479 bitmap_set_bit (b->conflicts, x);
304 } 480 }
305 481
306 /* Check whether the decls associated with luid's X and Y conflict. */ 482 /* Check whether the decls associated with luid's X and Y conflict. */
308 static bool 484 static bool
309 stack_var_conflict_p (size_t x, size_t y) 485 stack_var_conflict_p (size_t x, size_t y)
310 { 486 {
311 struct stack_var *a = &stack_vars[x]; 487 struct stack_var *a = &stack_vars[x];
312 struct stack_var *b = &stack_vars[y]; 488 struct stack_var *b = &stack_vars[y];
489 if (x == y)
490 return false;
491 /* Partitions containing an SSA name result from gimple registers
492 with things like unsupported modes. They are top-level and
493 hence conflict with everything else. */
494 if (TREE_CODE (a->decl) == SSA_NAME || TREE_CODE (b->decl) == SSA_NAME)
495 return true;
496
313 if (!a->conflicts || !b->conflicts) 497 if (!a->conflicts || !b->conflicts)
314 return false; 498 return false;
315 return bitmap_bit_p (a->conflicts, y); 499 return bitmap_bit_p (a->conflicts, y);
316 } 500 }
317 501
318 /* Returns true if TYPE is or contains a union type. */ 502 /* Callback for walk_stmt_ops. If OP is a decl touched by add_stack_var
503 enter its partition number into bitmap DATA. */
319 504
320 static bool 505 static bool
321 aggregate_contains_union_type (tree type) 506 visit_op (gimple *, tree op, tree, void *data)
322 { 507 {
323 tree field; 508 bitmap active = (bitmap)data;
324 509 op = get_base_address (op);
325 if (TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE 510 if (op
326 || TREE_CODE (type) == QUAL_UNION_TYPE) 511 && DECL_P (op)
327 return true; 512 && DECL_RTL_IF_SET (op) == pc_rtx)
328 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE) 513 {
329 return aggregate_contains_union_type (TREE_TYPE (type)); 514 size_t *v = decl_to_stack_part->get (op);
330 if (TREE_CODE (type) != RECORD_TYPE) 515 if (v)
331 return false; 516 bitmap_set_bit (active, *v);
332 517 }
333 for (field = TYPE_FIELDS (type); field; field = DECL_CHAIN (field))
334 if (TREE_CODE (field) == FIELD_DECL)
335 if (aggregate_contains_union_type (TREE_TYPE (field)))
336 return true;
337
338 return false; 518 return false;
339 } 519 }
340 520
341 /* A subroutine of expand_used_vars. If two variables X and Y have alias 521 /* Callback for walk_stmt_ops. If OP is a decl touched by add_stack_var
342 sets that do not conflict, then do add a conflict for these variables 522 record conflicts between it and all currently active other partitions
343 in the interference graph. We also need to make sure to add conflicts 523 from bitmap DATA. */
344 for union containing structures. Else RTL alias analysis comes along 524
345 and due to type based aliasing rules decides that for two overlapping 525 static bool
346 union temporaries { short s; int i; } accesses to the same mem through 526 visit_conflict (gimple *, tree op, tree, void *data)
347 different types may not alias and happily reorders stores across 527 {
348 life-time boundaries of the temporaries (See PR25654). 528 bitmap active = (bitmap)data;
349 We also have to mind MEM_IN_STRUCT_P and MEM_SCALAR_P. */ 529 op = get_base_address (op);
530 if (op
531 && DECL_P (op)
532 && DECL_RTL_IF_SET (op) == pc_rtx)
533 {
534 size_t *v = decl_to_stack_part->get (op);
535 if (v && bitmap_set_bit (active, *v))
536 {
537 size_t num = *v;
538 bitmap_iterator bi;
539 unsigned i;
540 gcc_assert (num < stack_vars_num);
541 EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_BITMAP (active, 0, i, bi)
542 add_stack_var_conflict (num, i);
543 }
544 }
545 return false;
546 }
547
548 /* Helper routine for add_scope_conflicts, calculating the active partitions
549 at the end of BB, leaving the result in WORK. We're called to generate
550 conflicts when FOR_CONFLICT is true, otherwise we're just tracking
551 liveness. */
350 552
351 static void 553 static void
352 add_alias_set_conflicts (void) 554 add_scope_conflicts_1 (basic_block bb, bitmap work, bool for_conflict)
353 { 555 {
354 size_t i, j, n = stack_vars_num; 556 edge e;
355 557 edge_iterator ei;
356 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i) 558 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi;
357 { 559 walk_stmt_load_store_addr_fn visit;
358 tree type_i = TREE_TYPE (stack_vars[i].decl); 560
359 bool aggr_i = AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type_i); 561 bitmap_clear (work);
360 bool contains_union; 562 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->preds)
361 563 bitmap_ior_into (work, (bitmap)e->src->aux);
362 contains_union = aggregate_contains_union_type (type_i); 564
363 for (j = 0; j < i; ++j) 565 visit = visit_op;
364 { 566
365 tree type_j = TREE_TYPE (stack_vars[j].decl); 567 for (gsi = gsi_start_phis (bb); !gsi_end_p (gsi); gsi_next (&gsi))
366 bool aggr_j = AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type_j); 568 {
367 if (aggr_i != aggr_j 569 gimple *stmt = gsi_stmt (gsi);
368 /* Either the objects conflict by means of type based 570 walk_stmt_load_store_addr_ops (stmt, work, NULL, NULL, visit);
369 aliasing rules, or we need to add a conflict. */ 571 }
370 || !objects_must_conflict_p (type_i, type_j) 572 for (gsi = gsi_after_labels (bb); !gsi_end_p (gsi); gsi_next (&gsi))
371 /* In case the types do not conflict ensure that access 573 {
372 to elements will conflict. In case of unions we have 574 gimple *stmt = gsi_stmt (gsi);
373 to be careful as type based aliasing rules may say 575
374 access to the same memory does not conflict. So play 576 if (gimple_clobber_p (stmt))
375 safe and add a conflict in this case. */ 577 {
376 || contains_union) 578 tree lhs = gimple_assign_lhs (stmt);
377 add_stack_var_conflict (i, j); 579 size_t *v;
378 } 580 /* Nested function lowering might introduce LHSs
379 } 581 that are COMPONENT_REFs. */
582 if (!VAR_P (lhs))
583 continue;
584 if (DECL_RTL_IF_SET (lhs) == pc_rtx
585 && (v = decl_to_stack_part->get (lhs)))
586 bitmap_clear_bit (work, *v);
587 }
588 else if (!is_gimple_debug (stmt))
589 {
590 if (for_conflict
591 && visit == visit_op)
592 {
593 /* If this is the first real instruction in this BB we need
594 to add conflicts for everything live at this point now.
595 Unlike classical liveness for named objects we can't
596 rely on seeing a def/use of the names we're interested in.
597 There might merely be indirect loads/stores. We'd not add any
598 conflicts for such partitions. */
599 bitmap_iterator bi;
600 unsigned i;
601 EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_BITMAP (work, 0, i, bi)
602 {
603 struct stack_var *a = &stack_vars[i];
604 if (!a->conflicts)
605 a->conflicts = BITMAP_ALLOC (&stack_var_bitmap_obstack);
606 bitmap_ior_into (a->conflicts, work);
607 }
608 visit = visit_conflict;
609 }
610 walk_stmt_load_store_addr_ops (stmt, work, visit, visit, visit);
611 }
612 }
613 }
614
615 /* Generate stack partition conflicts between all partitions that are
616 simultaneously live. */
617
618 static void
619 add_scope_conflicts (void)
620 {
621 basic_block bb;
622 bool changed;
623 bitmap work = BITMAP_ALLOC (NULL);
624 int *rpo;
625 int n_bbs;
626
627 /* We approximate the live range of a stack variable by taking the first
628 mention of its name as starting point(s), and by the end-of-scope
629 death clobber added by gimplify as ending point(s) of the range.
630 This overapproximates in the case we for instance moved an address-taken
631 operation upward, without also moving a dereference to it upwards.
632 But it's conservatively correct as a variable never can hold values
633 before its name is mentioned at least once.
634
635 We then do a mostly classical bitmap liveness algorithm. */
636
637 FOR_ALL_BB_FN (bb, cfun)
638 bb->aux = BITMAP_ALLOC (&stack_var_bitmap_obstack);
639
640 rpo = XNEWVEC (int, last_basic_block_for_fn (cfun));
641 n_bbs = pre_and_rev_post_order_compute (NULL, rpo, false);
642
643 changed = true;
644 while (changed)
645 {
646 int i;
647 changed = false;
648 for (i = 0; i < n_bbs; i++)
649 {
650 bitmap active;
651 bb = BASIC_BLOCK_FOR_FN (cfun, rpo[i]);
652 active = (bitmap)bb->aux;
653 add_scope_conflicts_1 (bb, work, false);
654 if (bitmap_ior_into (active, work))
655 changed = true;
656 }
657 }
658
659 FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb, cfun)
660 add_scope_conflicts_1 (bb, work, true);
661
662 free (rpo);
663 BITMAP_FREE (work);
664 FOR_ALL_BB_FN (bb, cfun)
665 BITMAP_FREE (bb->aux);
380 } 666 }
381 667
382 /* A subroutine of partition_stack_vars. A comparison function for qsort, 668 /* A subroutine of partition_stack_vars. A comparison function for qsort,
383 sorting an array of indices by the properties of the object. */ 669 sorting an array of indices by the properties of the object. */
384 670
401 largeb = (alignb * BITS_PER_UNIT > MAX_SUPPORTED_STACK_ALIGNMENT); 687 largeb = (alignb * BITS_PER_UNIT > MAX_SUPPORTED_STACK_ALIGNMENT);
402 if (largea != largeb) 688 if (largea != largeb)
403 return (int)largeb - (int)largea; 689 return (int)largeb - (int)largea;
404 690
405 /* Secondary compare on size, decreasing */ 691 /* Secondary compare on size, decreasing */
692 if (sizea > sizeb)
693 return -1;
406 if (sizea < sizeb) 694 if (sizea < sizeb)
407 return -1;
408 if (sizea > sizeb)
409 return 1; 695 return 1;
410 696
411 /* Tertiary compare on true alignment, decreasing. */ 697 /* Tertiary compare on true alignment, decreasing. */
412 if (aligna < alignb) 698 if (aligna < alignb)
413 return -1; 699 return -1;
433 if (uida > uidb) 719 if (uida > uidb)
434 return -1; 720 return -1;
435 return 0; 721 return 0;
436 } 722 }
437 723
724 struct part_traits : unbounded_int_hashmap_traits <size_t, bitmap> {};
725 typedef hash_map<size_t, bitmap, part_traits> part_hashmap;
438 726
439 /* If the points-to solution *PI points to variables that are in a partition 727 /* If the points-to solution *PI points to variables that are in a partition
440 together with other variables add all partition members to the pointed-to 728 together with other variables add all partition members to the pointed-to
441 variables bitmap. */ 729 variables bitmap. */
442 730
443 static void 731 static void
444 add_partitioned_vars_to_ptset (struct pt_solution *pt, 732 add_partitioned_vars_to_ptset (struct pt_solution *pt,
445 struct pointer_map_t *decls_to_partitions, 733 part_hashmap *decls_to_partitions,
446 struct pointer_set_t *visited, bitmap temp) 734 hash_set<bitmap> *visited, bitmap temp)
447 { 735 {
448 bitmap_iterator bi; 736 bitmap_iterator bi;
449 unsigned i; 737 unsigned i;
450 bitmap *part; 738 bitmap *part;
451 739
452 if (pt->anything 740 if (pt->anything
453 || pt->vars == NULL 741 || pt->vars == NULL
454 /* The pointed-to vars bitmap is shared, it is enough to 742 /* The pointed-to vars bitmap is shared, it is enough to
455 visit it once. */ 743 visit it once. */
456 || pointer_set_insert(visited, pt->vars)) 744 || visited->add (pt->vars))
457 return; 745 return;
458 746
459 bitmap_clear (temp); 747 bitmap_clear (temp);
460 748
461 /* By using a temporary bitmap to store all members of the partitions 749 /* By using a temporary bitmap to store all members of the partitions
462 we have to add we make sure to visit each of the partitions only 750 we have to add we make sure to visit each of the partitions only
463 once. */ 751 once. */
464 EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_BITMAP (pt->vars, 0, i, bi) 752 EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_BITMAP (pt->vars, 0, i, bi)
465 if ((!temp 753 if ((!temp
466 || !bitmap_bit_p (temp, i)) 754 || !bitmap_bit_p (temp, i))
467 && (part = (bitmap *) pointer_map_contains (decls_to_partitions, 755 && (part = decls_to_partitions->get (i)))
468 (void *)(size_t) i)))
469 bitmap_ior_into (temp, *part); 756 bitmap_ior_into (temp, *part);
470 if (!bitmap_empty_p (temp)) 757 if (!bitmap_empty_p (temp))
471 bitmap_ior_into (pt->vars, temp); 758 bitmap_ior_into (pt->vars, temp);
472 } 759 }
473 760
477 rewritten. */ 764 rewritten. */
478 765
479 static void 766 static void
480 update_alias_info_with_stack_vars (void) 767 update_alias_info_with_stack_vars (void)
481 { 768 {
482 struct pointer_map_t *decls_to_partitions = NULL; 769 part_hashmap *decls_to_partitions = NULL;
483 size_t i, j; 770 size_t i, j;
484 tree var = NULL_TREE; 771 tree var = NULL_TREE;
485 772
486 for (i = 0; i < stack_vars_num; i++) 773 for (i = 0; i < stack_vars_num; i++)
487 { 774 {
494 || stack_vars[i].next == EOC) 781 || stack_vars[i].next == EOC)
495 continue; 782 continue;
496 783
497 if (!decls_to_partitions) 784 if (!decls_to_partitions)
498 { 785 {
499 decls_to_partitions = pointer_map_create (); 786 decls_to_partitions = new part_hashmap;
500 cfun->gimple_df->decls_to_pointers = pointer_map_create (); 787 cfun->gimple_df->decls_to_pointers = new hash_map<tree, tree>;
501 } 788 }
502 789
503 /* Create an SSA_NAME that points to the partition for use 790 /* Create an SSA_NAME that points to the partition for use
504 as base during alias-oracle queries on RTL for bases that 791 as base during alias-oracle queries on RTL for bases that
505 have been partitioned. */ 792 have been partitioned. */
506 if (var == NULL_TREE) 793 if (var == NULL_TREE)
507 var = create_tmp_var (ptr_type_node, NULL); 794 var = create_tmp_var (ptr_type_node);
508 name = make_ssa_name (var, NULL); 795 name = make_ssa_name (var);
509 796
510 /* Create bitmaps representing partitions. They will be used for 797 /* Create bitmaps representing partitions. They will be used for
511 points-to sets later, so use GGC alloc. */ 798 points-to sets later, so use GGC alloc. */
512 part = BITMAP_GGC_ALLOC (); 799 part = BITMAP_GGC_ALLOC ();
513 for (j = i; j != EOC; j = stack_vars[j].next) 800 for (j = i; j != EOC; j = stack_vars[j].next)
514 { 801 {
515 tree decl = stack_vars[j].decl; 802 tree decl = stack_vars[j].decl;
516 unsigned int uid = DECL_PT_UID (decl); 803 unsigned int uid = DECL_PT_UID (decl);
517 /* We should never end up partitioning SSA names (though they
518 may end up on the stack). Neither should we allocate stack
519 space to something that is unused and thus unreferenced, except
520 for -O0 where we are preserving even unreferenced variables. */
521 gcc_assert (DECL_P (decl)
522 && (!optimize
523 || referenced_var_lookup (cfun, DECL_UID (decl))));
524 bitmap_set_bit (part, uid); 804 bitmap_set_bit (part, uid);
525 *((bitmap *) pointer_map_insert (decls_to_partitions, 805 decls_to_partitions->put (uid, part);
526 (void *)(size_t) uid)) = part; 806 cfun->gimple_df->decls_to_pointers->put (decl, name);
527 *((tree *) pointer_map_insert (cfun->gimple_df->decls_to_pointers, 807 if (TREE_ADDRESSABLE (decl))
528 decl)) = name; 808 TREE_ADDRESSABLE (name) = 1;
529 } 809 }
530 810
531 /* Make the SSA name point to all partition members. */ 811 /* Make the SSA name point to all partition members. */
532 pi = get_ptr_info (name); 812 pi = get_ptr_info (name);
533 pt_solution_set (&pi->pt, part, false, false); 813 pt_solution_set (&pi->pt, part, false);
534 } 814 }
535 815
536 /* Make all points-to sets that contain one member of a partition 816 /* Make all points-to sets that contain one member of a partition
537 contain all members of the partition. */ 817 contain all members of the partition. */
538 if (decls_to_partitions) 818 if (decls_to_partitions)
539 { 819 {
540 unsigned i; 820 unsigned i;
541 struct pointer_set_t *visited = pointer_set_create (); 821 tree name;
542 bitmap temp = BITMAP_ALLOC (NULL); 822 hash_set<bitmap> visited;
543 823 bitmap temp = BITMAP_ALLOC (&stack_var_bitmap_obstack);
544 for (i = 1; i < num_ssa_names; i++) 824
545 { 825 FOR_EACH_SSA_NAME (i, name, cfun)
546 tree name = ssa_name (i); 826 {
547 struct ptr_info_def *pi; 827 struct ptr_info_def *pi;
548 828
549 if (name 829 if (POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (name))
550 && POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (name))
551 && ((pi = SSA_NAME_PTR_INFO (name)) != NULL)) 830 && ((pi = SSA_NAME_PTR_INFO (name)) != NULL))
552 add_partitioned_vars_to_ptset (&pi->pt, decls_to_partitions, 831 add_partitioned_vars_to_ptset (&pi->pt, decls_to_partitions,
553 visited, temp); 832 &visited, temp);
554 } 833 }
555 834
556 add_partitioned_vars_to_ptset (&cfun->gimple_df->escaped, 835 add_partitioned_vars_to_ptset (&cfun->gimple_df->escaped,
557 decls_to_partitions, visited, temp); 836 decls_to_partitions, &visited, temp);
558 837
559 pointer_set_destroy (visited); 838 delete decls_to_partitions;
560 pointer_map_destroy (decls_to_partitions);
561 BITMAP_FREE (temp); 839 BITMAP_FREE (temp);
562 } 840 }
563 } 841 }
564 842
565 /* A subroutine of partition_stack_vars. The UNION portion of a UNION/FIND 843 /* A subroutine of partition_stack_vars. The UNION portion of a UNION/FIND
566 partitioning algorithm. Partitions A and B are known to be non-conflicting. 844 partitioning algorithm. Partitions A and B are known to be non-conflicting.
567 Merge them into a single partition A. 845 Merge them into a single partition A. */
568
569 At the same time, add OFFSET to all variables in partition B. At the end
570 of the partitioning process we've have a nice block easy to lay out within
571 the stack frame. */
572 846
573 static void 847 static void
574 union_stack_vars (size_t a, size_t b, HOST_WIDE_INT offset) 848 union_stack_vars (size_t a, size_t b)
575 { 849 {
576 size_t i, last;
577 struct stack_var *vb = &stack_vars[b]; 850 struct stack_var *vb = &stack_vars[b];
578 bitmap_iterator bi; 851 bitmap_iterator bi;
579 unsigned u; 852 unsigned u;
580 853
581 /* Update each element of partition B with the given offset, 854 gcc_assert (stack_vars[b].next == EOC);
582 and merge them into partition A. */ 855 /* Add B to A's partition. */
583 for (last = i = b; i != EOC; last = i, i = stack_vars[i].next) 856 stack_vars[b].next = stack_vars[a].next;
584 { 857 stack_vars[b].representative = a;
585 stack_vars[i].offset += offset;
586 stack_vars[i].representative = a;
587 }
588 stack_vars[last].next = stack_vars[a].next;
589 stack_vars[a].next = b; 858 stack_vars[a].next = b;
590 859
591 /* Update the required alignment of partition A to account for B. */ 860 /* Update the required alignment of partition A to account for B. */
592 if (stack_vars[a].alignb < stack_vars[b].alignb) 861 if (stack_vars[a].alignb < stack_vars[b].alignb)
593 stack_vars[a].alignb = stack_vars[b].alignb; 862 stack_vars[a].alignb = stack_vars[b].alignb;
603 872
604 /* A subroutine of expand_used_vars. Binpack the variables into 873 /* A subroutine of expand_used_vars. Binpack the variables into
605 partitions constrained by the interference graph. The overall 874 partitions constrained by the interference graph. The overall
606 algorithm used is as follows: 875 algorithm used is as follows:
607 876
608 Sort the objects by size. 877 Sort the objects by size in descending order.
609 For each object A { 878 For each object A {
610 S = size(A) 879 S = size(A)
611 O = 0 880 O = 0
612 loop { 881 loop {
613 Look for the largest non-conflicting object B with size <= S. 882 Look for the largest non-conflicting object B with size <= S.
614 UNION (A, B) 883 UNION (A, B)
615 offset(B) = O
616 O += size(B)
617 S -= size(B)
618 } 884 }
619 } 885 }
620 */ 886 */
621 887
622 static void 888 static void
634 qsort (stack_vars_sorted, n, sizeof (size_t), stack_var_cmp); 900 qsort (stack_vars_sorted, n, sizeof (size_t), stack_var_cmp);
635 901
636 for (si = 0; si < n; ++si) 902 for (si = 0; si < n; ++si)
637 { 903 {
638 size_t i = stack_vars_sorted[si]; 904 size_t i = stack_vars_sorted[si];
905 unsigned int ialign = stack_vars[i].alignb;
639 HOST_WIDE_INT isize = stack_vars[i].size; 906 HOST_WIDE_INT isize = stack_vars[i].size;
640 unsigned int ialign = stack_vars[i].alignb; 907
641 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0; 908 /* Ignore objects that aren't partition representatives. If we
642 909 see a var that is not a partition representative, it must
643 for (sj = si; sj-- > 0; ) 910 have been merged earlier. */
911 if (stack_vars[i].representative != i)
912 continue;
913
914 for (sj = si + 1; sj < n; ++sj)
644 { 915 {
645 size_t j = stack_vars_sorted[sj]; 916 size_t j = stack_vars_sorted[sj];
917 unsigned int jalign = stack_vars[j].alignb;
646 HOST_WIDE_INT jsize = stack_vars[j].size; 918 HOST_WIDE_INT jsize = stack_vars[j].size;
647 unsigned int jalign = stack_vars[j].alignb;
648 919
649 /* Ignore objects that aren't partition representatives. */ 920 /* Ignore objects that aren't partition representatives. */
650 if (stack_vars[j].representative != j) 921 if (stack_vars[j].representative != j)
651 continue;
652
653 /* Ignore objects too large for the remaining space. */
654 if (isize < jsize)
655 continue;
656
657 /* Ignore conflicting objects. */
658 if (stack_var_conflict_p (i, j))
659 continue; 922 continue;
660 923
661 /* Do not mix objects of "small" (supported) alignment 924 /* Do not mix objects of "small" (supported) alignment
662 and "large" (unsupported) alignment. */ 925 and "large" (unsupported) alignment. */
663 if ((ialign * BITS_PER_UNIT <= MAX_SUPPORTED_STACK_ALIGNMENT) 926 if ((ialign * BITS_PER_UNIT <= MAX_SUPPORTED_STACK_ALIGNMENT)
664 != (jalign * BITS_PER_UNIT <= MAX_SUPPORTED_STACK_ALIGNMENT)) 927 != (jalign * BITS_PER_UNIT <= MAX_SUPPORTED_STACK_ALIGNMENT))
928 break;
929
930 /* For Address Sanitizer do not mix objects with different
931 sizes, as the shorter vars wouldn't be adequately protected.
932 Don't do that for "large" (unsupported) alignment objects,
933 those aren't protected anyway. */
934 if ((asan_sanitize_stack_p ())
935 && isize != jsize
936 && ialign * BITS_PER_UNIT <= MAX_SUPPORTED_STACK_ALIGNMENT)
937 break;
938
939 /* Ignore conflicting objects. */
940 if (stack_var_conflict_p (i, j))
665 continue; 941 continue;
666 942
667 /* Refine the remaining space check to include alignment. */
668 if (offset & (jalign - 1))
669 {
670 HOST_WIDE_INT toff = offset;
671 toff += jalign - 1;
672 toff &= -(HOST_WIDE_INT)jalign;
673 if (isize - (toff - offset) < jsize)
674 continue;
675
676 isize -= toff - offset;
677 offset = toff;
678 }
679
680 /* UNION the objects, placing J at OFFSET. */ 943 /* UNION the objects, placing J at OFFSET. */
681 union_stack_vars (i, j, offset); 944 union_stack_vars (i, j);
682
683 isize -= jsize;
684 if (isize == 0)
685 break;
686 } 945 }
687 } 946 }
688 947
689 update_alias_info_with_stack_vars (); 948 update_alias_info_with_stack_vars ();
690 } 949 }
710 969
711 for (j = i; j != EOC; j = stack_vars[j].next) 970 for (j = i; j != EOC; j = stack_vars[j].next)
712 { 971 {
713 fputc ('\t', dump_file); 972 fputc ('\t', dump_file);
714 print_generic_expr (dump_file, stack_vars[j].decl, dump_flags); 973 print_generic_expr (dump_file, stack_vars[j].decl, dump_flags);
715 fprintf (dump_file, ", offset " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC "\n", 974 }
716 stack_vars[j].offset); 975 fputc ('\n', dump_file);
717 }
718 } 976 }
719 } 977 }
720 978
721 /* Assign rtl to DECL at BASE + OFFSET. */ 979 /* Assign rtl to DECL at BASE + OFFSET. */
722 980
728 rtx x; 986 rtx x;
729 987
730 /* If this fails, we've overflowed the stack frame. Error nicely? */ 988 /* If this fails, we've overflowed the stack frame. Error nicely? */
731 gcc_assert (offset == trunc_int_for_mode (offset, Pmode)); 989 gcc_assert (offset == trunc_int_for_mode (offset, Pmode));
732 990
733 x = plus_constant (base, offset); 991 x = plus_constant (Pmode, base, offset);
734 x = gen_rtx_MEM (DECL_MODE (SSAVAR (decl)), x); 992 x = gen_rtx_MEM (TREE_CODE (decl) == SSA_NAME
993 ? TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))
994 : DECL_MODE (SSAVAR (decl)), x);
735 995
736 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != SSA_NAME) 996 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != SSA_NAME)
737 { 997 {
738 /* Set alignment we actually gave this decl if it isn't an SSA name. 998 /* Set alignment we actually gave this decl if it isn't an SSA name.
739 If it is we generate stack slots only accidentally so it isn't as 999 If it is we generate stack slots only accidentally so it isn't as
740 important, we'll simply use the alignment that is already set. */ 1000 important, we'll simply use the alignment that is already set. */
741 if (base == virtual_stack_vars_rtx) 1001 if (base == virtual_stack_vars_rtx)
742 offset -= frame_phase; 1002 offset -= frame_phase;
743 align = offset & -offset; 1003 align = least_bit_hwi (offset);
744 align *= BITS_PER_UNIT; 1004 align *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
745 if (align == 0 || align > base_align) 1005 if (align == 0 || align > base_align)
746 align = base_align; 1006 align = base_align;
747 1007
748 /* One would think that we could assert that we're not decreasing 1008 /* One would think that we could assert that we're not decreasing
749 alignment here, but (at least) the i386 port does exactly this 1009 alignment here, but (at least) the i386 port does exactly this
750 via the MINIMUM_ALIGNMENT hook. */ 1010 via the MINIMUM_ALIGNMENT hook. */
751 1011
752 DECL_ALIGN (decl) = align; 1012 SET_DECL_ALIGN (decl, align);
753 DECL_USER_ALIGN (decl) = 0; 1013 DECL_USER_ALIGN (decl) = 0;
754 } 1014 }
755 1015
756 set_mem_attributes (x, SSAVAR (decl), true);
757 set_rtl (decl, x); 1016 set_rtl (decl, x);
758 } 1017 }
1018
1019 struct stack_vars_data
1020 {
1021 /* Vector of offset pairs, always end of some padding followed
1022 by start of the padding that needs Address Sanitizer protection.
1023 The vector is in reversed, highest offset pairs come first. */
1024 auto_vec<HOST_WIDE_INT> asan_vec;
1025
1026 /* Vector of partition representative decls in between the paddings. */
1027 auto_vec<tree> asan_decl_vec;
1028
1029 /* Base pseudo register for Address Sanitizer protected automatic vars. */
1030 rtx asan_base;
1031
1032 /* Alignment needed for the Address Sanitizer protected automatic vars. */
1033 unsigned int asan_alignb;
1034 };
759 1035
760 /* A subroutine of expand_used_vars. Give each partition representative 1036 /* A subroutine of expand_used_vars. Give each partition representative
761 a unique location within the stack frame. Update each partition member 1037 a unique location within the stack frame. Update each partition member
762 with that location. */ 1038 with that location. */
763 1039
764 static void 1040 static void
765 expand_stack_vars (bool (*pred) (tree)) 1041 expand_stack_vars (bool (*pred) (size_t), struct stack_vars_data *data)
766 { 1042 {
767 size_t si, i, j, n = stack_vars_num; 1043 size_t si, i, j, n = stack_vars_num;
768 HOST_WIDE_INT large_size = 0, large_alloc = 0; 1044 HOST_WIDE_INT large_size = 0, large_alloc = 0;
769 rtx large_base = NULL; 1045 rtx large_base = NULL;
770 unsigned large_align = 0; 1046 unsigned large_align = 0;
1047 bool large_allocation_done = false;
771 tree decl; 1048 tree decl;
772 1049
773 /* Determine if there are any variables requiring "large" alignment. 1050 /* Determine if there are any variables requiring "large" alignment.
774 Since these are dynamically allocated, we only process these if 1051 Since these are dynamically allocated, we only process these if
775 no predicate involved. */ 1052 no predicate involved. */
782 unsigned alignb; 1059 unsigned alignb;
783 1060
784 i = stack_vars_sorted[si]; 1061 i = stack_vars_sorted[si];
785 alignb = stack_vars[i].alignb; 1062 alignb = stack_vars[i].alignb;
786 1063
1064 /* All "large" alignment decls come before all "small" alignment
1065 decls, but "large" alignment decls are not sorted based on
1066 their alignment. Increase large_align to track the largest
1067 required alignment. */
1068 if ((alignb * BITS_PER_UNIT) > large_align)
1069 large_align = alignb * BITS_PER_UNIT;
1070
787 /* Stop when we get to the first decl with "small" alignment. */ 1071 /* Stop when we get to the first decl with "small" alignment. */
788 if (alignb * BITS_PER_UNIT <= MAX_SUPPORTED_STACK_ALIGNMENT) 1072 if (alignb * BITS_PER_UNIT <= MAX_SUPPORTED_STACK_ALIGNMENT)
789 break; 1073 break;
790 1074
791 /* Skip variables that aren't partition representatives. */ 1075 /* Skip variables that aren't partition representatives. */
793 continue; 1077 continue;
794 1078
795 /* Skip variables that have already had rtl assigned. See also 1079 /* Skip variables that have already had rtl assigned. See also
796 add_stack_var where we perpetrate this pc_rtx hack. */ 1080 add_stack_var where we perpetrate this pc_rtx hack. */
797 decl = stack_vars[i].decl; 1081 decl = stack_vars[i].decl;
798 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == SSA_NAME 1082 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == SSA_NAME
799 ? SA.partition_to_pseudo[var_to_partition (SA.map, decl)] 1083 ? SA.partition_to_pseudo[var_to_partition (SA.map, decl)] != NULL_RTX
800 : DECL_RTL (decl)) != pc_rtx) 1084 : DECL_RTL (decl) != pc_rtx)
801 continue; 1085 continue;
802 1086
803 large_size += alignb - 1; 1087 large_size += alignb - 1;
804 large_size &= -(HOST_WIDE_INT)alignb; 1088 large_size &= -(HOST_WIDE_INT)alignb;
805 large_size += stack_vars[i].size; 1089 large_size += stack_vars[i].size;
806 } 1090 }
807
808 /* If there were any, allocate space. */
809 if (large_size > 0)
810 large_base = allocate_dynamic_stack_space (GEN_INT (large_size), 0,
811 large_align, true);
812 } 1091 }
813 1092
814 for (si = 0; si < n; ++si) 1093 for (si = 0; si < n; ++si)
815 { 1094 {
816 rtx base; 1095 rtx base;
824 continue; 1103 continue;
825 1104
826 /* Skip variables that have already had rtl assigned. See also 1105 /* Skip variables that have already had rtl assigned. See also
827 add_stack_var where we perpetrate this pc_rtx hack. */ 1106 add_stack_var where we perpetrate this pc_rtx hack. */
828 decl = stack_vars[i].decl; 1107 decl = stack_vars[i].decl;
829 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == SSA_NAME 1108 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == SSA_NAME
830 ? SA.partition_to_pseudo[var_to_partition (SA.map, decl)] 1109 ? SA.partition_to_pseudo[var_to_partition (SA.map, decl)] != NULL_RTX
831 : DECL_RTL (decl)) != pc_rtx) 1110 : DECL_RTL (decl) != pc_rtx)
832 continue; 1111 continue;
833 1112
834 /* Check the predicate to see whether this variable should be 1113 /* Check the predicate to see whether this variable should be
835 allocated in this pass. */ 1114 allocated in this pass. */
836 if (pred && !pred (decl)) 1115 if (pred && !pred (i))
837 continue; 1116 continue;
838 1117
839 alignb = stack_vars[i].alignb; 1118 alignb = stack_vars[i].alignb;
840 if (alignb * BITS_PER_UNIT <= MAX_SUPPORTED_STACK_ALIGNMENT) 1119 if (alignb * BITS_PER_UNIT <= MAX_SUPPORTED_STACK_ALIGNMENT)
841 { 1120 {
842 offset = alloc_stack_frame_space (stack_vars[i].size, alignb);
843 base = virtual_stack_vars_rtx; 1121 base = virtual_stack_vars_rtx;
844 base_align = crtl->max_used_stack_slot_alignment; 1122 if ((asan_sanitize_stack_p ())
1123 && pred)
1124 {
1125 HOST_WIDE_INT prev_offset
1126 = align_base (frame_offset,
1127 MAX (alignb, ASAN_RED_ZONE_SIZE),
1128 !FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD);
1129 tree repr_decl = NULL_TREE;
1130 offset
1131 = alloc_stack_frame_space (stack_vars[i].size
1132 + ASAN_RED_ZONE_SIZE,
1133 MAX (alignb, ASAN_RED_ZONE_SIZE));
1134
1135 data->asan_vec.safe_push (prev_offset);
1136 data->asan_vec.safe_push (offset + stack_vars[i].size);
1137 /* Find best representative of the partition.
1138 Prefer those with DECL_NAME, even better
1139 satisfying asan_protect_stack_decl predicate. */
1140 for (j = i; j != EOC; j = stack_vars[j].next)
1141 if (asan_protect_stack_decl (stack_vars[j].decl)
1142 && DECL_NAME (stack_vars[j].decl))
1143 {
1144 repr_decl = stack_vars[j].decl;
1145 break;
1146 }
1147 else if (repr_decl == NULL_TREE
1148 && DECL_P (stack_vars[j].decl)
1149 && DECL_NAME (stack_vars[j].decl))
1150 repr_decl = stack_vars[j].decl;
1151 if (repr_decl == NULL_TREE)
1152 repr_decl = stack_vars[i].decl;
1153 data->asan_decl_vec.safe_push (repr_decl);
1154 data->asan_alignb = MAX (data->asan_alignb, alignb);
1155 if (data->asan_base == NULL)
1156 data->asan_base = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
1157 base = data->asan_base;
1158
1159 if (!STRICT_ALIGNMENT)
1160 base_align = crtl->max_used_stack_slot_alignment;
1161 else
1162 base_align = MAX (crtl->max_used_stack_slot_alignment,
1163 GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (SImode)
1164 << ASAN_SHADOW_SHIFT);
1165 }
1166 else
1167 {
1168 offset = alloc_stack_frame_space (stack_vars[i].size, alignb);
1169 base_align = crtl->max_used_stack_slot_alignment;
1170 }
845 } 1171 }
846 else 1172 else
847 { 1173 {
848 /* Large alignment is only processed in the last pass. */ 1174 /* Large alignment is only processed in the last pass. */
849 if (pred) 1175 if (pred)
850 continue; 1176 continue;
1177
1178 /* If there were any variables requiring "large" alignment, allocate
1179 space. */
1180 if (large_size > 0 && ! large_allocation_done)
1181 {
1182 HOST_WIDE_INT loffset;
1183 rtx large_allocsize;
1184
1185 large_allocsize = GEN_INT (large_size);
1186 get_dynamic_stack_size (&large_allocsize, 0, large_align, NULL);
1187 loffset = alloc_stack_frame_space
1188 (INTVAL (large_allocsize),
1189 PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT);
1190 large_base = get_dynamic_stack_base (loffset, large_align);
1191 large_allocation_done = true;
1192 }
851 gcc_assert (large_base != NULL); 1193 gcc_assert (large_base != NULL);
852 1194
853 large_alloc += alignb - 1; 1195 large_alloc += alignb - 1;
854 large_alloc &= -(HOST_WIDE_INT)alignb; 1196 large_alloc &= -(HOST_WIDE_INT)alignb;
855 offset = large_alloc; 1197 offset = large_alloc;
861 1203
862 /* Create rtl for each variable based on their location within the 1204 /* Create rtl for each variable based on their location within the
863 partition. */ 1205 partition. */
864 for (j = i; j != EOC; j = stack_vars[j].next) 1206 for (j = i; j != EOC; j = stack_vars[j].next)
865 { 1207 {
866 gcc_assert (stack_vars[j].offset <= stack_vars[i].size);
867 expand_one_stack_var_at (stack_vars[j].decl, 1208 expand_one_stack_var_at (stack_vars[j].decl,
868 base, base_align, 1209 base, base_align,
869 stack_vars[j].offset + offset); 1210 offset);
870 } 1211 }
871 } 1212 }
872 1213
873 gcc_assert (large_alloc == large_size); 1214 gcc_assert (large_alloc == large_size);
874 } 1215 }
893 set_rtl (stack_vars[j].decl, NULL); 1234 set_rtl (stack_vars[j].decl, NULL);
894 } 1235 }
895 return size; 1236 return size;
896 } 1237 }
897 1238
1239 /* Record the RTL assignment X for the default def of PARM. */
1240
1241 extern void
1242 set_parm_rtl (tree parm, rtx x)
1243 {
1244 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL
1245 || TREE_CODE (parm) == RESULT_DECL);
1246
1247 if (x && !MEM_P (x))
1248 {
1249 unsigned int align = MINIMUM_ALIGNMENT (TREE_TYPE (parm),
1250 TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (parm)),
1251 TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (parm)));
1252
1253 /* If the variable alignment is very large we'll dynamicaly
1254 allocate it, which means that in-frame portion is just a
1255 pointer. ??? We've got a pseudo for sure here, do we
1256 actually dynamically allocate its spilling area if needed?
1257 ??? Isn't it a problem when POINTER_SIZE also exceeds
1258 MAX_SUPPORTED_STACK_ALIGNMENT, as on cris and lm32? */
1259 if (align > MAX_SUPPORTED_STACK_ALIGNMENT)
1260 align = POINTER_SIZE;
1261
1262 record_alignment_for_reg_var (align);
1263 }
1264
1265 tree ssa = ssa_default_def (cfun, parm);
1266 if (!ssa)
1267 return set_rtl (parm, x);
1268
1269 int part = var_to_partition (SA.map, ssa);
1270 gcc_assert (part != NO_PARTITION);
1271
1272 bool changed = bitmap_bit_p (SA.partitions_for_parm_default_defs, part);
1273 gcc_assert (changed);
1274
1275 set_rtl (ssa, x);
1276 gcc_assert (DECL_RTL (parm) == x);
1277 }
1278
898 /* A subroutine of expand_one_var. Called to immediately assign rtl 1279 /* A subroutine of expand_one_var. Called to immediately assign rtl
899 to a variable to be allocated in the stack frame. */ 1280 to a variable to be allocated in the stack frame. */
900 1281
901 static void 1282 static void
902 expand_one_stack_var (tree var) 1283 expand_one_stack_var_1 (tree var)
903 { 1284 {
904 HOST_WIDE_INT size, offset; 1285 HOST_WIDE_INT size, offset;
905 unsigned byte_align; 1286 unsigned byte_align;
906 1287
907 size = tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (SSAVAR (var)), 1); 1288 if (TREE_CODE (var) == SSA_NAME)
908 byte_align = get_decl_align_unit (SSAVAR (var)); 1289 {
1290 tree type = TREE_TYPE (var);
1291 size = tree_to_uhwi (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (type));
1292 byte_align = TYPE_ALIGN_UNIT (type);
1293 }
1294 else
1295 {
1296 size = tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (var));
1297 byte_align = align_local_variable (var);
1298 }
909 1299
910 /* We handle highly aligned variables in expand_stack_vars. */ 1300 /* We handle highly aligned variables in expand_stack_vars. */
911 gcc_assert (byte_align * BITS_PER_UNIT <= MAX_SUPPORTED_STACK_ALIGNMENT); 1301 gcc_assert (byte_align * BITS_PER_UNIT <= MAX_SUPPORTED_STACK_ALIGNMENT);
912 1302
913 offset = alloc_stack_frame_space (size, byte_align); 1303 offset = alloc_stack_frame_space (size, byte_align);
914 1304
915 expand_one_stack_var_at (var, virtual_stack_vars_rtx, 1305 expand_one_stack_var_at (var, virtual_stack_vars_rtx,
916 crtl->max_used_stack_slot_alignment, offset); 1306 crtl->max_used_stack_slot_alignment, offset);
917 } 1307 }
918 1308
1309 /* Wrapper for expand_one_stack_var_1 that checks SSA_NAMEs are
1310 already assigned some MEM. */
1311
1312 static void
1313 expand_one_stack_var (tree var)
1314 {
1315 if (TREE_CODE (var) == SSA_NAME)
1316 {
1317 int part = var_to_partition (SA.map, var);
1318 if (part != NO_PARTITION)
1319 {
1320 rtx x = SA.partition_to_pseudo[part];
1321 gcc_assert (x);
1322 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
1323 return;
1324 }
1325 }
1326
1327 return expand_one_stack_var_1 (var);
1328 }
1329
919 /* A subroutine of expand_one_var. Called to assign rtl to a VAR_DECL 1330 /* A subroutine of expand_one_var. Called to assign rtl to a VAR_DECL
920 that will reside in a hard register. */ 1331 that will reside in a hard register. */
921 1332
922 static void 1333 static void
923 expand_one_hard_reg_var (tree var) 1334 expand_one_hard_reg_var (tree var)
924 { 1335 {
925 rest_of_decl_compilation (var, 0, 0); 1336 rest_of_decl_compilation (var, 0, 0);
926 } 1337 }
927 1338
1339 /* Record the alignment requirements of some variable assigned to a
1340 pseudo. */
1341
1342 static void
1343 record_alignment_for_reg_var (unsigned int align)
1344 {
1345 if (SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
1346 && crtl->stack_alignment_estimated < align)
1347 {
1348 /* stack_alignment_estimated shouldn't change after stack
1349 realign decision made */
1350 gcc_assert (!crtl->stack_realign_processed);
1351 crtl->stack_alignment_estimated = align;
1352 }
1353
1354 /* stack_alignment_needed > PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY is permitted.
1355 So here we only make sure stack_alignment_needed >= align. */
1356 if (crtl->stack_alignment_needed < align)
1357 crtl->stack_alignment_needed = align;
1358 if (crtl->max_used_stack_slot_alignment < align)
1359 crtl->max_used_stack_slot_alignment = align;
1360 }
1361
1362 /* Create RTL for an SSA partition. */
1363
1364 static void
1365 expand_one_ssa_partition (tree var)
1366 {
1367 int part = var_to_partition (SA.map, var);
1368 gcc_assert (part != NO_PARTITION);
1369
1370 if (SA.partition_to_pseudo[part])
1371 return;
1372
1373 unsigned int align = MINIMUM_ALIGNMENT (TREE_TYPE (var),
1374 TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (var)),
1375 TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (var)));
1376
1377 /* If the variable alignment is very large we'll dynamicaly allocate
1378 it, which means that in-frame portion is just a pointer. */
1379 if (align > MAX_SUPPORTED_STACK_ALIGNMENT)
1380 align = POINTER_SIZE;
1381
1382 record_alignment_for_reg_var (align);
1383
1384 if (!use_register_for_decl (var))
1385 {
1386 if (defer_stack_allocation (var, true))
1387 add_stack_var (var);
1388 else
1389 expand_one_stack_var_1 (var);
1390 return;
1391 }
1392
1393 machine_mode reg_mode = promote_ssa_mode (var, NULL);
1394 rtx x = gen_reg_rtx (reg_mode);
1395
1396 set_rtl (var, x);
1397
1398 /* For a promoted variable, X will not be used directly but wrapped in a
1399 SUBREG with SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P set, which means that the RTL land
1400 will assume that its upper bits can be inferred from its lower bits.
1401 Therefore, if X isn't initialized on every path from the entry, then
1402 we must do it manually in order to fulfill the above assumption. */
1403 if (reg_mode != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (var))
1404 && bitmap_bit_p (SA.partitions_for_undefined_values, part))
1405 emit_move_insn (x, CONST0_RTX (reg_mode));
1406 }
1407
1408 /* Record the association between the RTL generated for partition PART
1409 and the underlying variable of the SSA_NAME VAR. */
1410
1411 static void
1412 adjust_one_expanded_partition_var (tree var)
1413 {
1414 if (!var)
1415 return;
1416
1417 tree decl = SSA_NAME_VAR (var);
1418
1419 int part = var_to_partition (SA.map, var);
1420 if (part == NO_PARTITION)
1421 return;
1422
1423 rtx x = SA.partition_to_pseudo[part];
1424
1425 gcc_assert (x);
1426
1427 set_rtl (var, x);
1428
1429 if (!REG_P (x))
1430 return;
1431
1432 /* Note if the object is a user variable. */
1433 if (decl && !DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
1434 mark_user_reg (x);
1435
1436 if (POINTER_TYPE_P (decl ? TREE_TYPE (decl) : TREE_TYPE (var)))
1437 mark_reg_pointer (x, get_pointer_alignment (var));
1438 }
1439
928 /* A subroutine of expand_one_var. Called to assign rtl to a VAR_DECL 1440 /* A subroutine of expand_one_var. Called to assign rtl to a VAR_DECL
929 that will reside in a pseudo register. */ 1441 that will reside in a pseudo register. */
930 1442
931 static void 1443 static void
932 expand_one_register_var (tree var) 1444 expand_one_register_var (tree var)
933 { 1445 {
934 tree decl = SSAVAR (var); 1446 if (TREE_CODE (var) == SSA_NAME)
1447 {
1448 int part = var_to_partition (SA.map, var);
1449 if (part != NO_PARTITION)
1450 {
1451 rtx x = SA.partition_to_pseudo[part];
1452 gcc_assert (x);
1453 gcc_assert (REG_P (x));
1454 return;
1455 }
1456 gcc_unreachable ();
1457 }
1458
1459 tree decl = var;
935 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl); 1460 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
936 enum machine_mode reg_mode = promote_decl_mode (decl, NULL); 1461 machine_mode reg_mode = promote_decl_mode (decl, NULL);
937 rtx x = gen_reg_rtx (reg_mode); 1462 rtx x = gen_reg_rtx (reg_mode);
938 1463
939 set_rtl (var, x); 1464 set_rtl (var, x);
940 1465
941 /* Note if the object is a user variable. */ 1466 /* Note if the object is a user variable. */
942 if (!DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)) 1467 if (!DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
943 mark_user_reg (x); 1468 mark_user_reg (x);
944 1469
945 if (POINTER_TYPE_P (type)) 1470 if (POINTER_TYPE_P (type))
946 mark_reg_pointer (x, TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (type))); 1471 mark_reg_pointer (x, get_pointer_alignment (var));
947 } 1472 }
948 1473
949 /* A subroutine of expand_one_var. Called to assign rtl to a VAR_DECL that 1474 /* A subroutine of expand_one_var. Called to assign rtl to a VAR_DECL that
950 has some associated error, e.g. its type is error-mark. We just need 1475 has some associated error, e.g. its type is error-mark. We just need
951 to pick something that won't crash the rest of the compiler. */ 1476 to pick something that won't crash the rest of the compiler. */
952 1477
953 static void 1478 static void
954 expand_one_error_var (tree var) 1479 expand_one_error_var (tree var)
955 { 1480 {
956 enum machine_mode mode = DECL_MODE (var); 1481 machine_mode mode = DECL_MODE (var);
957 rtx x; 1482 rtx x;
958 1483
959 if (mode == BLKmode) 1484 if (mode == BLKmode)
960 x = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, const0_rtx); 1485 x = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, const0_rtx);
961 else if (mode == VOIDmode) 1486 else if (mode == VOIDmode)
975 for coalescing, which reduces the size of the quadratic problem. */ 1500 for coalescing, which reduces the size of the quadratic problem. */
976 1501
977 static bool 1502 static bool
978 defer_stack_allocation (tree var, bool toplevel) 1503 defer_stack_allocation (tree var, bool toplevel)
979 { 1504 {
1505 tree size_unit = TREE_CODE (var) == SSA_NAME
1506 ? TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (var))
1507 : DECL_SIZE_UNIT (var);
1508
1509 /* Whether the variable is small enough for immediate allocation not to be
1510 a problem with regard to the frame size. */
1511 bool smallish
1512 = ((HOST_WIDE_INT) tree_to_uhwi (size_unit)
1513 < PARAM_VALUE (PARAM_MIN_SIZE_FOR_STACK_SHARING));
1514
980 /* If stack protection is enabled, *all* stack variables must be deferred, 1515 /* If stack protection is enabled, *all* stack variables must be deferred,
981 so that we can re-order the strings to the top of the frame. */ 1516 so that we can re-order the strings to the top of the frame.
982 if (flag_stack_protect) 1517 Similarly for Address Sanitizer. */
1518 if (flag_stack_protect || asan_sanitize_stack_p ())
983 return true; 1519 return true;
1520
1521 unsigned int align = TREE_CODE (var) == SSA_NAME
1522 ? TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (var))
1523 : DECL_ALIGN (var);
984 1524
985 /* We handle "large" alignment via dynamic allocation. We want to handle 1525 /* We handle "large" alignment via dynamic allocation. We want to handle
986 this extra complication in only one place, so defer them. */ 1526 this extra complication in only one place, so defer them. */
987 if (DECL_ALIGN (var) > MAX_SUPPORTED_STACK_ALIGNMENT) 1527 if (align > MAX_SUPPORTED_STACK_ALIGNMENT)
988 return true; 1528 return true;
989 1529
990 /* Variables in the outermost scope automatically conflict with 1530 bool ignored = TREE_CODE (var) == SSA_NAME
991 every other variable. The only reason to want to defer them 1531 ? !SSAVAR (var) || DECL_IGNORED_P (SSA_NAME_VAR (var))
1532 : DECL_IGNORED_P (var);
1533
1534 /* When optimization is enabled, DECL_IGNORED_P variables originally scoped
1535 might be detached from their block and appear at toplevel when we reach
1536 here. We want to coalesce them with variables from other blocks when
1537 the immediate contribution to the frame size would be noticeable. */
1538 if (toplevel && optimize > 0 && ignored && !smallish)
1539 return true;
1540
1541 /* Variables declared in the outermost scope automatically conflict
1542 with every other variable. The only reason to want to defer them
992 at all is that, after sorting, we can more efficiently pack 1543 at all is that, after sorting, we can more efficiently pack
993 small variables in the stack frame. Continue to defer at -O2. */ 1544 small variables in the stack frame. Continue to defer at -O2. */
994 if (toplevel && optimize < 2) 1545 if (toplevel && optimize < 2)
995 return false; 1546 return false;
996 1547
998 stack, which makes the quadratic problem large exactly when we 1549 stack, which makes the quadratic problem large exactly when we
999 want compilation to proceed as quickly as possible. On the 1550 want compilation to proceed as quickly as possible. On the
1000 other hand, we don't want the function's stack frame size to 1551 other hand, we don't want the function's stack frame size to
1001 get completely out of hand. So we avoid adding scalars and 1552 get completely out of hand. So we avoid adding scalars and
1002 "small" aggregates to the list at all. */ 1553 "small" aggregates to the list at all. */
1003 if (optimize == 0 && tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (var), 1) < 32) 1554 if (optimize == 0 && smallish)
1004 return false; 1555 return false;
1005 1556
1006 return true; 1557 return true;
1007 } 1558 }
1008 1559
1019 unsigned int align = BITS_PER_UNIT; 1570 unsigned int align = BITS_PER_UNIT;
1020 tree origvar = var; 1571 tree origvar = var;
1021 1572
1022 var = SSAVAR (var); 1573 var = SSAVAR (var);
1023 1574
1024 if (TREE_TYPE (var) != error_mark_node && TREE_CODE (var) == VAR_DECL) 1575 if (TREE_TYPE (var) != error_mark_node && VAR_P (var))
1025 { 1576 {
1577 if (is_global_var (var))
1578 return 0;
1579
1026 /* Because we don't know if VAR will be in register or on stack, 1580 /* Because we don't know if VAR will be in register or on stack,
1027 we conservatively assume it will be on stack even if VAR is 1581 we conservatively assume it will be on stack even if VAR is
1028 eventually put into register after RA pass. For non-automatic 1582 eventually put into register after RA pass. For non-automatic
1029 variables, which won't be on stack, we collect alignment of 1583 variables, which won't be on stack, we collect alignment of
1030 type and ignore user specified alignment. */ 1584 type and ignore user specified alignment. Similarly for
1031 if (TREE_STATIC (var) || DECL_EXTERNAL (var)) 1585 SSA_NAMEs for which use_register_for_decl returns true. */
1586 if (TREE_STATIC (var)
1587 || DECL_EXTERNAL (var)
1588 || (TREE_CODE (origvar) == SSA_NAME && use_register_for_decl (var)))
1032 align = MINIMUM_ALIGNMENT (TREE_TYPE (var), 1589 align = MINIMUM_ALIGNMENT (TREE_TYPE (var),
1033 TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (var)), 1590 TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (var)),
1034 TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (var))); 1591 TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (var)));
1035 else if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (var) 1592 else if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (var)
1036 || (DECL_RTL_SET_P (var) && MEM_P (DECL_RTL (var)))) 1593 || (DECL_RTL_SET_P (var) && MEM_P (DECL_RTL (var))))
1046 it, which means that in-frame portion is just a pointer. */ 1603 it, which means that in-frame portion is just a pointer. */
1047 if (align > MAX_SUPPORTED_STACK_ALIGNMENT) 1604 if (align > MAX_SUPPORTED_STACK_ALIGNMENT)
1048 align = POINTER_SIZE; 1605 align = POINTER_SIZE;
1049 } 1606 }
1050 1607
1051 if (SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT 1608 record_alignment_for_reg_var (align);
1052 && crtl->stack_alignment_estimated < align)
1053 {
1054 /* stack_alignment_estimated shouldn't change after stack
1055 realign decision made */
1056 gcc_assert(!crtl->stack_realign_processed);
1057 crtl->stack_alignment_estimated = align;
1058 }
1059
1060 /* stack_alignment_needed > PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY is permitted.
1061 So here we only make sure stack_alignment_needed >= align. */
1062 if (crtl->stack_alignment_needed < align)
1063 crtl->stack_alignment_needed = align;
1064 if (crtl->max_used_stack_slot_alignment < align)
1065 crtl->max_used_stack_slot_alignment = align;
1066 1609
1067 if (TREE_CODE (origvar) == SSA_NAME) 1610 if (TREE_CODE (origvar) == SSA_NAME)
1068 { 1611 {
1069 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (var) != VAR_DECL 1612 gcc_assert (!VAR_P (var)
1070 || (!DECL_EXTERNAL (var) 1613 || (!DECL_EXTERNAL (var)
1071 && !DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (var) 1614 && !DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (var)
1072 && !TREE_STATIC (var) 1615 && !TREE_STATIC (var)
1073 && TREE_TYPE (var) != error_mark_node 1616 && TREE_TYPE (var) != error_mark_node
1074 && !DECL_HARD_REGISTER (var) 1617 && !DECL_HARD_REGISTER (var)
1075 && really_expand)); 1618 && really_expand));
1076 } 1619 }
1077 if (TREE_CODE (var) != VAR_DECL && TREE_CODE (origvar) != SSA_NAME) 1620 if (!VAR_P (var) && TREE_CODE (origvar) != SSA_NAME)
1078 ; 1621 ;
1079 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (var)) 1622 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (var))
1080 ; 1623 ;
1081 else if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (var)) 1624 else if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (var))
1082 ; 1625 ;
1087 else if (TREE_TYPE (var) == error_mark_node) 1630 else if (TREE_TYPE (var) == error_mark_node)
1088 { 1631 {
1089 if (really_expand) 1632 if (really_expand)
1090 expand_one_error_var (var); 1633 expand_one_error_var (var);
1091 } 1634 }
1092 else if (TREE_CODE (var) == VAR_DECL && DECL_HARD_REGISTER (var)) 1635 else if (VAR_P (var) && DECL_HARD_REGISTER (var))
1093 { 1636 {
1094 if (really_expand) 1637 if (really_expand)
1095 expand_one_hard_reg_var (var); 1638 {
1639 expand_one_hard_reg_var (var);
1640 if (!DECL_HARD_REGISTER (var))
1641 /* Invalid register specification. */
1642 expand_one_error_var (var);
1643 }
1096 } 1644 }
1097 else if (use_register_for_decl (var)) 1645 else if (use_register_for_decl (var))
1098 { 1646 {
1099 if (really_expand) 1647 if (really_expand)
1100 expand_one_register_var (origvar); 1648 expand_one_register_var (origvar);
1101 } 1649 }
1102 else if (!host_integerp (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (var), 1)) 1650 else if (! valid_constant_size_p (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (var)))
1103 { 1651 {
1652 /* Reject variables which cover more than half of the address-space. */
1104 if (really_expand) 1653 if (really_expand)
1105 { 1654 {
1106 error ("size of variable %q+D is too large", var); 1655 error ("size of variable %q+D is too large", var);
1107 expand_one_error_var (var); 1656 expand_one_error_var (var);
1108 } 1657 }
1110 else if (defer_stack_allocation (var, toplevel)) 1659 else if (defer_stack_allocation (var, toplevel))
1111 add_stack_var (origvar); 1660 add_stack_var (origvar);
1112 else 1661 else
1113 { 1662 {
1114 if (really_expand) 1663 if (really_expand)
1115 expand_one_stack_var (origvar); 1664 {
1116 return tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (var), 1); 1665 if (lookup_attribute ("naked",
1666 DECL_ATTRIBUTES (current_function_decl)))
1667 error ("cannot allocate stack for variable %q+D, naked function.",
1668 var);
1669
1670 expand_one_stack_var (origvar);
1671 }
1672
1673
1674 return tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (var));
1117 } 1675 }
1118 return 0; 1676 return 0;
1119 } 1677 }
1120 1678
1121 /* A subroutine of expand_used_vars. Walk down through the BLOCK tree 1679 /* A subroutine of expand_used_vars. Walk down through the BLOCK tree
1125 TOPLEVEL is true if this is the outermost BLOCK. */ 1683 TOPLEVEL is true if this is the outermost BLOCK. */
1126 1684
1127 static void 1685 static void
1128 expand_used_vars_for_block (tree block, bool toplevel) 1686 expand_used_vars_for_block (tree block, bool toplevel)
1129 { 1687 {
1130 size_t i, j, old_sv_num, this_sv_num, new_sv_num;
1131 tree t; 1688 tree t;
1132
1133 old_sv_num = toplevel ? 0 : stack_vars_num;
1134 1689
1135 /* Expand all variables at this level. */ 1690 /* Expand all variables at this level. */
1136 for (t = BLOCK_VARS (block); t ; t = DECL_CHAIN (t)) 1691 for (t = BLOCK_VARS (block); t ; t = DECL_CHAIN (t))
1137 if (TREE_USED (t)) 1692 if (TREE_USED (t)
1693 && ((!VAR_P (t) && TREE_CODE (t) != RESULT_DECL)
1694 || !DECL_NONSHAREABLE (t)))
1138 expand_one_var (t, toplevel, true); 1695 expand_one_var (t, toplevel, true);
1139
1140 this_sv_num = stack_vars_num;
1141 1696
1142 /* Expand all variables at containing levels. */ 1697 /* Expand all variables at containing levels. */
1143 for (t = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (block); t ; t = BLOCK_CHAIN (t)) 1698 for (t = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (block); t ; t = BLOCK_CHAIN (t))
1144 expand_used_vars_for_block (t, false); 1699 expand_used_vars_for_block (t, false);
1145
1146 /* Since we do not track exact variable lifetimes (which is not even
1147 possible for variables whose address escapes), we mirror the block
1148 tree in the interference graph. Here we cause all variables at this
1149 level, and all sublevels, to conflict. */
1150 if (old_sv_num < this_sv_num)
1151 {
1152 new_sv_num = stack_vars_num;
1153
1154 for (i = old_sv_num; i < new_sv_num; ++i)
1155 for (j = i < this_sv_num ? i : this_sv_num; j-- > old_sv_num ;)
1156 add_stack_var_conflict (i, j);
1157 }
1158 } 1700 }
1159 1701
1160 /* A subroutine of expand_used_vars. Walk down through the BLOCK tree 1702 /* A subroutine of expand_used_vars. Walk down through the BLOCK tree
1161 and clear TREE_USED on all local variables. */ 1703 and clear TREE_USED on all local variables. */
1162 1704
1165 { 1707 {
1166 tree t; 1708 tree t;
1167 1709
1168 for (t = BLOCK_VARS (block); t ; t = DECL_CHAIN (t)) 1710 for (t = BLOCK_VARS (block); t ; t = DECL_CHAIN (t))
1169 /* if (!TREE_STATIC (t) && !DECL_EXTERNAL (t)) */ 1711 /* if (!TREE_STATIC (t) && !DECL_EXTERNAL (t)) */
1712 if ((!VAR_P (t) && TREE_CODE (t) != RESULT_DECL)
1713 || !DECL_NONSHAREABLE (t))
1170 TREE_USED (t) = 0; 1714 TREE_USED (t) = 0;
1171 1715
1172 for (t = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (block); t ; t = BLOCK_CHAIN (t)) 1716 for (t = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (block); t ; t = BLOCK_CHAIN (t))
1173 clear_tree_used (t); 1717 clear_tree_used (t);
1174 } 1718 }
1719
1720 enum {
1721 SPCT_FLAG_DEFAULT = 1,
1722 SPCT_FLAG_ALL = 2,
1723 SPCT_FLAG_STRONG = 3,
1724 SPCT_FLAG_EXPLICIT = 4
1725 };
1175 1726
1176 /* Examine TYPE and determine a bit mask of the following features. */ 1727 /* Examine TYPE and determine a bit mask of the following features. */
1177 1728
1178 #define SPCT_HAS_LARGE_CHAR_ARRAY 1 1729 #define SPCT_HAS_LARGE_CHAR_ARRAY 1
1179 #define SPCT_HAS_SMALL_CHAR_ARRAY 2 1730 #define SPCT_HAS_SMALL_CHAR_ARRAY 2
1196 { 1747 {
1197 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT max = PARAM_VALUE (PARAM_SSP_BUFFER_SIZE); 1748 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT max = PARAM_VALUE (PARAM_SSP_BUFFER_SIZE);
1198 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT len; 1749 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT len;
1199 1750
1200 if (!TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (type) 1751 if (!TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (type)
1201 || !host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (type), 1)) 1752 || !tree_fits_uhwi_p (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (type)))
1202 len = max; 1753 len = max;
1203 else 1754 else
1204 len = tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (type), 1); 1755 len = tree_to_uhwi (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (type));
1205 1756
1206 if (len < max) 1757 if (len < max)
1207 ret = SPCT_HAS_SMALL_CHAR_ARRAY | SPCT_HAS_ARRAY; 1758 ret = SPCT_HAS_SMALL_CHAR_ARRAY | SPCT_HAS_ARRAY;
1208 else 1759 else
1209 ret = SPCT_HAS_LARGE_CHAR_ARRAY | SPCT_HAS_ARRAY; 1760 ret = SPCT_HAS_LARGE_CHAR_ARRAY | SPCT_HAS_ARRAY;
1240 int ret = 0; 1791 int ret = 0;
1241 1792
1242 if (bits & SPCT_HAS_SMALL_CHAR_ARRAY) 1793 if (bits & SPCT_HAS_SMALL_CHAR_ARRAY)
1243 has_short_buffer = true; 1794 has_short_buffer = true;
1244 1795
1245 if (flag_stack_protect == 2) 1796 if (flag_stack_protect == SPCT_FLAG_ALL
1797 || flag_stack_protect == SPCT_FLAG_STRONG
1798 || (flag_stack_protect == SPCT_FLAG_EXPLICIT
1799 && lookup_attribute ("stack_protect",
1800 DECL_ATTRIBUTES (current_function_decl))))
1246 { 1801 {
1247 if ((bits & (SPCT_HAS_SMALL_CHAR_ARRAY | SPCT_HAS_LARGE_CHAR_ARRAY)) 1802 if ((bits & (SPCT_HAS_SMALL_CHAR_ARRAY | SPCT_HAS_LARGE_CHAR_ARRAY))
1248 && !(bits & SPCT_HAS_AGGREGATE)) 1803 && !(bits & SPCT_HAS_AGGREGATE))
1249 ret = 1; 1804 ret = 1;
1250 else if (bits & SPCT_HAS_ARRAY) 1805 else if (bits & SPCT_HAS_ARRAY)
1261 1816
1262 /* Two helper routines that check for phase 1 and phase 2. These are used 1817 /* Two helper routines that check for phase 1 and phase 2. These are used
1263 as callbacks for expand_stack_vars. */ 1818 as callbacks for expand_stack_vars. */
1264 1819
1265 static bool 1820 static bool
1266 stack_protect_decl_phase_1 (tree decl) 1821 stack_protect_decl_phase_1 (size_t i)
1267 { 1822 {
1268 return stack_protect_decl_phase (decl) == 1; 1823 return stack_protect_decl_phase (stack_vars[i].decl) == 1;
1269 } 1824 }
1270 1825
1271 static bool 1826 static bool
1272 stack_protect_decl_phase_2 (tree decl) 1827 stack_protect_decl_phase_2 (size_t i)
1273 { 1828 {
1274 return stack_protect_decl_phase (decl) == 2; 1829 return stack_protect_decl_phase (stack_vars[i].decl) == 2;
1830 }
1831
1832 /* And helper function that checks for asan phase (with stack protector
1833 it is phase 3). This is used as callback for expand_stack_vars.
1834 Returns true if any of the vars in the partition need to be protected. */
1835
1836 static bool
1837 asan_decl_phase_3 (size_t i)
1838 {
1839 while (i != EOC)
1840 {
1841 if (asan_protect_stack_decl (stack_vars[i].decl))
1842 return true;
1843 i = stack_vars[i].next;
1844 }
1845 return false;
1275 } 1846 }
1276 1847
1277 /* Ensure that variables in different stack protection phases conflict 1848 /* Ensure that variables in different stack protection phases conflict
1278 so that they are not merged and share the same stack slot. */ 1849 so that they are not merged and share the same stack slot. */
1279 1850
1288 phase[i] = stack_protect_decl_phase (stack_vars[i].decl); 1859 phase[i] = stack_protect_decl_phase (stack_vars[i].decl);
1289 1860
1290 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i) 1861 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
1291 { 1862 {
1292 unsigned char ph_i = phase[i]; 1863 unsigned char ph_i = phase[i];
1293 for (j = 0; j < i; ++j) 1864 for (j = i + 1; j < n; ++j)
1294 if (ph_i != phase[j]) 1865 if (ph_i != phase[j])
1295 add_stack_var_conflict (i, j); 1866 add_stack_var_conflict (i, j);
1296 } 1867 }
1297 1868
1298 XDELETEVEC (phase); 1869 XDELETEVEC (phase);
1313 1884
1314 /* Prepare for expanding variables. */ 1885 /* Prepare for expanding variables. */
1315 static void 1886 static void
1316 init_vars_expansion (void) 1887 init_vars_expansion (void)
1317 { 1888 {
1318 tree t; 1889 /* Conflict bitmaps, and a few related temporary bitmaps, go here. */
1319 unsigned ix; 1890 bitmap_obstack_initialize (&stack_var_bitmap_obstack);
1320 /* Set TREE_USED on all variables in the local_decls. */ 1891
1321 FOR_EACH_LOCAL_DECL (cfun, ix, t) 1892 /* A map from decl to stack partition. */
1322 TREE_USED (t) = 1; 1893 decl_to_stack_part = new hash_map<tree, size_t>;
1323
1324 /* Clear TREE_USED on all variables associated with a block scope. */
1325 clear_tree_used (DECL_INITIAL (current_function_decl));
1326 1894
1327 /* Initialize local stack smashing state. */ 1895 /* Initialize local stack smashing state. */
1328 has_protected_decls = false; 1896 has_protected_decls = false;
1329 has_short_buffer = false; 1897 has_short_buffer = false;
1330 } 1898 }
1331 1899
1332 /* Free up stack variable graph data. */ 1900 /* Free up stack variable graph data. */
1333 static void 1901 static void
1334 fini_vars_expansion (void) 1902 fini_vars_expansion (void)
1335 { 1903 {
1336 size_t i, n = stack_vars_num; 1904 bitmap_obstack_release (&stack_var_bitmap_obstack);
1337 for (i = 0; i < n; i++) 1905 if (stack_vars)
1338 BITMAP_FREE (stack_vars[i].conflicts); 1906 XDELETEVEC (stack_vars);
1339 XDELETEVEC (stack_vars); 1907 if (stack_vars_sorted)
1340 XDELETEVEC (stack_vars_sorted); 1908 XDELETEVEC (stack_vars_sorted);
1341 stack_vars = NULL; 1909 stack_vars = NULL;
1910 stack_vars_sorted = NULL;
1342 stack_vars_alloc = stack_vars_num = 0; 1911 stack_vars_alloc = stack_vars_num = 0;
1912 delete decl_to_stack_part;
1913 decl_to_stack_part = NULL;
1343 } 1914 }
1344 1915
1345 /* Make a fair guess for the size of the stack frame of the function 1916 /* Make a fair guess for the size of the stack frame of the function
1346 in NODE. This doesn't have to be exact, the result is only used in 1917 in NODE. This doesn't have to be exact, the result is only used in
1347 the inline heuristics. So we don't want to run the full stack var 1918 the inline heuristics. So we don't want to run the full stack var
1354 estimated_stack_frame_size (struct cgraph_node *node) 1925 estimated_stack_frame_size (struct cgraph_node *node)
1355 { 1926 {
1356 HOST_WIDE_INT size = 0; 1927 HOST_WIDE_INT size = 0;
1357 size_t i; 1928 size_t i;
1358 tree var; 1929 tree var;
1359 tree old_cur_fun_decl = current_function_decl;
1360 referenced_var_iterator rvi;
1361 struct function *fn = DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (node->decl); 1930 struct function *fn = DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (node->decl);
1362 1931
1363 current_function_decl = node->decl;
1364 push_cfun (fn); 1932 push_cfun (fn);
1365 1933
1366 gcc_checking_assert (gimple_referenced_vars (fn)); 1934 init_vars_expansion ();
1367 FOR_EACH_REFERENCED_VAR (fn, var, rvi) 1935
1368 size += expand_one_var (var, true, false); 1936 FOR_EACH_LOCAL_DECL (fn, i, var)
1937 if (auto_var_in_fn_p (var, fn->decl))
1938 size += expand_one_var (var, true, false);
1369 1939
1370 if (stack_vars_num > 0) 1940 if (stack_vars_num > 0)
1371 { 1941 {
1372 /* Fake sorting the stack vars for account_stack_vars (). */ 1942 /* Fake sorting the stack vars for account_stack_vars (). */
1373 stack_vars_sorted = XNEWVEC (size_t, stack_vars_num); 1943 stack_vars_sorted = XNEWVEC (size_t, stack_vars_num);
1374 for (i = 0; i < stack_vars_num; ++i) 1944 for (i = 0; i < stack_vars_num; ++i)
1375 stack_vars_sorted[i] = i; 1945 stack_vars_sorted[i] = i;
1376 size += account_stack_vars (); 1946 size += account_stack_vars ();
1377 fini_vars_expansion (); 1947 }
1378 } 1948
1949 fini_vars_expansion ();
1379 pop_cfun (); 1950 pop_cfun ();
1380 current_function_decl = old_cur_fun_decl;
1381 return size; 1951 return size;
1382 } 1952 }
1383 1953
1954 /* Helper routine to check if a record or union contains an array field. */
1955
1956 static int
1957 record_or_union_type_has_array_p (const_tree tree_type)
1958 {
1959 tree fields = TYPE_FIELDS (tree_type);
1960 tree f;
1961
1962 for (f = fields; f; f = DECL_CHAIN (f))
1963 if (TREE_CODE (f) == FIELD_DECL)
1964 {
1965 tree field_type = TREE_TYPE (f);
1966 if (RECORD_OR_UNION_TYPE_P (field_type)
1967 && record_or_union_type_has_array_p (field_type))
1968 return 1;
1969 if (TREE_CODE (field_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
1970 return 1;
1971 }
1972 return 0;
1973 }
1974
1975 /* Check if the current function has local referenced variables that
1976 have their addresses taken, contain an array, or are arrays. */
1977
1978 static bool
1979 stack_protect_decl_p ()
1980 {
1981 unsigned i;
1982 tree var;
1983
1984 FOR_EACH_LOCAL_DECL (cfun, i, var)
1985 if (!is_global_var (var))
1986 {
1987 tree var_type = TREE_TYPE (var);
1988 if (VAR_P (var)
1989 && (TREE_CODE (var_type) == ARRAY_TYPE
1990 || TREE_ADDRESSABLE (var)
1991 || (RECORD_OR_UNION_TYPE_P (var_type)
1992 && record_or_union_type_has_array_p (var_type))))
1993 return true;
1994 }
1995 return false;
1996 }
1997
1998 /* Check if the current function has calls that use a return slot. */
1999
2000 static bool
2001 stack_protect_return_slot_p ()
2002 {
2003 basic_block bb;
2004
2005 FOR_ALL_BB_FN (bb, cfun)
2006 for (gimple_stmt_iterator gsi = gsi_start_bb (bb);
2007 !gsi_end_p (gsi); gsi_next (&gsi))
2008 {
2009 gimple *stmt = gsi_stmt (gsi);
2010 /* This assumes that calls to internal-only functions never
2011 use a return slot. */
2012 if (is_gimple_call (stmt)
2013 && !gimple_call_internal_p (stmt)
2014 && aggregate_value_p (TREE_TYPE (gimple_call_fntype (stmt)),
2015 gimple_call_fndecl (stmt)))
2016 return true;
2017 }
2018 return false;
2019 }
2020
1384 /* Expand all variables used in the function. */ 2021 /* Expand all variables used in the function. */
1385 2022
1386 static void 2023 static rtx_insn *
1387 expand_used_vars (void) 2024 expand_used_vars (void)
1388 { 2025 {
1389 tree var, outer_block = DECL_INITIAL (current_function_decl); 2026 tree var, outer_block = DECL_INITIAL (current_function_decl);
1390 VEC(tree,heap) *maybe_local_decls = NULL; 2027 auto_vec<tree> maybe_local_decls;
2028 rtx_insn *var_end_seq = NULL;
1391 unsigned i; 2029 unsigned i;
1392 unsigned len; 2030 unsigned len;
2031 bool gen_stack_protect_signal = false;
1393 2032
1394 /* Compute the phase of the stack frame for this function. */ 2033 /* Compute the phase of the stack frame for this function. */
1395 { 2034 {
1396 int align = PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT; 2035 int align = PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT;
1397 int off = STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET % align; 2036 int off = targetm.starting_frame_offset () % align;
1398 frame_phase = off ? align - off : 0; 2037 frame_phase = off ? align - off : 0;
1399 } 2038 }
1400 2039
2040 /* Set TREE_USED on all variables in the local_decls. */
2041 FOR_EACH_LOCAL_DECL (cfun, i, var)
2042 TREE_USED (var) = 1;
2043 /* Clear TREE_USED on all variables associated with a block scope. */
2044 clear_tree_used (DECL_INITIAL (current_function_decl));
2045
1401 init_vars_expansion (); 2046 init_vars_expansion ();
1402 2047
2048 if (targetm.use_pseudo_pic_reg ())
2049 pic_offset_table_rtx = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
2050
1403 for (i = 0; i < SA.map->num_partitions; i++) 2051 for (i = 0; i < SA.map->num_partitions; i++)
1404 { 2052 {
2053 if (bitmap_bit_p (SA.partitions_for_parm_default_defs, i))
2054 continue;
2055
1405 tree var = partition_to_var (SA.map, i); 2056 tree var = partition_to_var (SA.map, i);
1406 2057
1407 gcc_assert (is_gimple_reg (var)); 2058 gcc_assert (!virtual_operand_p (var));
1408 if (TREE_CODE (SSA_NAME_VAR (var)) == VAR_DECL) 2059
1409 expand_one_var (var, true, true); 2060 expand_one_ssa_partition (var);
1410 else 2061 }
1411 { 2062
1412 /* This is a PARM_DECL or RESULT_DECL. For those partitions that 2063 if (flag_stack_protect == SPCT_FLAG_STRONG)
1413 contain the default def (representing the parm or result itself) 2064 gen_stack_protect_signal
1414 we don't do anything here. But those which don't contain the 2065 = stack_protect_decl_p () || stack_protect_return_slot_p ();
1415 default def (representing a temporary based on the parm/result)
1416 we need to allocate space just like for normal VAR_DECLs. */
1417 if (!bitmap_bit_p (SA.partition_has_default_def, i))
1418 {
1419 expand_one_var (var, true, true);
1420 gcc_assert (SA.partition_to_pseudo[i]);
1421 }
1422 }
1423 }
1424 2066
1425 /* At this point all variables on the local_decls with TREE_USED 2067 /* At this point all variables on the local_decls with TREE_USED
1426 set are not associated with any block scope. Lay them out. */ 2068 set are not associated with any block scope. Lay them out. */
1427 2069
1428 len = VEC_length (tree, cfun->local_decls); 2070 len = vec_safe_length (cfun->local_decls);
1429 FOR_EACH_LOCAL_DECL (cfun, i, var) 2071 FOR_EACH_LOCAL_DECL (cfun, i, var)
1430 { 2072 {
1431 bool expand_now = false; 2073 bool expand_now = false;
1432 2074
1433 /* Expanded above already. */ 2075 /* Expanded above already. */
1442 begin with. And it doesn't really matter much, since we're 2084 begin with. And it doesn't really matter much, since we're
1443 not giving them stack space. Expand them now. */ 2085 not giving them stack space. Expand them now. */
1444 else if (TREE_STATIC (var) || DECL_EXTERNAL (var)) 2086 else if (TREE_STATIC (var) || DECL_EXTERNAL (var))
1445 expand_now = true; 2087 expand_now = true;
1446 2088
1447 /* If the variable is not associated with any block, then it 2089 /* Expand variables not associated with any block now. Those created by
1448 was created by the optimizers, and could be live anywhere 2090 the optimizers could be live anywhere in the function. Those that
1449 in the function. */ 2091 could possibly have been scoped originally and detached from their
2092 block will have their allocation deferred so we coalesce them with
2093 others when optimization is enabled. */
1450 else if (TREE_USED (var)) 2094 else if (TREE_USED (var))
1451 expand_now = true; 2095 expand_now = true;
1452 2096
1453 /* Finally, mark all variables on the list as used. We'll use 2097 /* Finally, mark all variables on the list as used. We'll use
1454 this in a moment when we expand those associated with scopes. */ 2098 this in a moment when we expand those associated with scopes. */
1468 add_local_decl (cfun, var); 2112 add_local_decl (cfun, var);
1469 else if (rtl == NULL_RTX) 2113 else if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
1470 /* If rtl isn't set yet, which can happen e.g. with 2114 /* If rtl isn't set yet, which can happen e.g. with
1471 -fstack-protector, retry before returning from this 2115 -fstack-protector, retry before returning from this
1472 function. */ 2116 function. */
1473 VEC_safe_push (tree, heap, maybe_local_decls, var); 2117 maybe_local_decls.safe_push (var);
1474 } 2118 }
1475 } 2119 }
1476 2120
1477 /* We duplicated some of the decls in CFUN->LOCAL_DECLS. 2121 /* We duplicated some of the decls in CFUN->LOCAL_DECLS.
1478 2122
1483 +-- LEN points here. 2127 +-- LEN points here.
1484 2128
1485 We just want the duplicates, as those are the artificial 2129 We just want the duplicates, as those are the artificial
1486 non-ignored vars that we want to keep until instantiate_decls. 2130 non-ignored vars that we want to keep until instantiate_decls.
1487 Move them down and truncate the array. */ 2131 Move them down and truncate the array. */
1488 if (!VEC_empty (tree, cfun->local_decls)) 2132 if (!vec_safe_is_empty (cfun->local_decls))
1489 VEC_block_remove (tree, cfun->local_decls, 0, len); 2133 cfun->local_decls->block_remove (0, len);
1490 2134
1491 /* At this point, all variables within the block tree with TREE_USED 2135 /* At this point, all variables within the block tree with TREE_USED
1492 set are actually used by the optimized function. Lay them out. */ 2136 set are actually used by the optimized function. Lay them out. */
1493 expand_used_vars_for_block (outer_block, true); 2137 expand_used_vars_for_block (outer_block, true);
1494 2138
1495 if (stack_vars_num > 0) 2139 if (stack_vars_num > 0)
1496 { 2140 {
1497 /* Due to the way alias sets work, no variables with non-conflicting 2141 add_scope_conflicts ();
1498 alias sets may be assigned the same address. Add conflicts to
1499 reflect this. */
1500 add_alias_set_conflicts ();
1501 2142
1502 /* If stack protection is enabled, we don't share space between 2143 /* If stack protection is enabled, we don't share space between
1503 vulnerable data and non-vulnerable data. */ 2144 vulnerable data and non-vulnerable data. */
1504 if (flag_stack_protect) 2145 if (flag_stack_protect != 0
2146 && (flag_stack_protect != SPCT_FLAG_EXPLICIT
2147 || (flag_stack_protect == SPCT_FLAG_EXPLICIT
2148 && lookup_attribute ("stack_protect",
2149 DECL_ATTRIBUTES (current_function_decl)))))
1505 add_stack_protection_conflicts (); 2150 add_stack_protection_conflicts ();
1506 2151
1507 /* Now that we have collected all stack variables, and have computed a 2152 /* Now that we have collected all stack variables, and have computed a
1508 minimal interference graph, attempt to save some stack space. */ 2153 minimal interference graph, attempt to save some stack space. */
1509 partition_stack_vars (); 2154 partition_stack_vars ();
1510 if (dump_file) 2155 if (dump_file)
1511 dump_stack_var_partition (); 2156 dump_stack_var_partition ();
1512 } 2157 }
1513 2158
1514 /* There are several conditions under which we should create a 2159 switch (flag_stack_protect)
1515 stack guard: protect-all, alloca used, protected decls present. */ 2160 {
1516 if (flag_stack_protect == 2 2161 case SPCT_FLAG_ALL:
1517 || (flag_stack_protect 2162 create_stack_guard ();
1518 && (cfun->calls_alloca || has_protected_decls))) 2163 break;
1519 create_stack_guard (); 2164
2165 case SPCT_FLAG_STRONG:
2166 if (gen_stack_protect_signal
2167 || cfun->calls_alloca || has_protected_decls
2168 || lookup_attribute ("stack_protect",
2169 DECL_ATTRIBUTES (current_function_decl)))
2170 create_stack_guard ();
2171 break;
2172
2173 case SPCT_FLAG_DEFAULT:
2174 if (cfun->calls_alloca || has_protected_decls
2175 || lookup_attribute ("stack_protect",
2176 DECL_ATTRIBUTES (current_function_decl)))
2177 create_stack_guard ();
2178 break;
2179
2180 case SPCT_FLAG_EXPLICIT:
2181 if (lookup_attribute ("stack_protect",
2182 DECL_ATTRIBUTES (current_function_decl)))
2183 create_stack_guard ();
2184 break;
2185 default:
2186 ;
2187 }
1520 2188
1521 /* Assign rtl to each variable based on these partitions. */ 2189 /* Assign rtl to each variable based on these partitions. */
1522 if (stack_vars_num > 0) 2190 if (stack_vars_num > 0)
1523 { 2191 {
2192 struct stack_vars_data data;
2193
2194 data.asan_base = NULL_RTX;
2195 data.asan_alignb = 0;
2196
1524 /* Reorder decls to be protected by iterating over the variables 2197 /* Reorder decls to be protected by iterating over the variables
1525 array multiple times, and allocating out of each phase in turn. */ 2198 array multiple times, and allocating out of each phase in turn. */
1526 /* ??? We could probably integrate this into the qsort we did 2199 /* ??? We could probably integrate this into the qsort we did
1527 earlier, such that we naturally see these variables first, 2200 earlier, such that we naturally see these variables first,
1528 and thus naturally allocate things in the right order. */ 2201 and thus naturally allocate things in the right order. */
1529 if (has_protected_decls) 2202 if (has_protected_decls)
1530 { 2203 {
1531 /* Phase 1 contains only character arrays. */ 2204 /* Phase 1 contains only character arrays. */
1532 expand_stack_vars (stack_protect_decl_phase_1); 2205 expand_stack_vars (stack_protect_decl_phase_1, &data);
1533 2206
1534 /* Phase 2 contains other kinds of arrays. */ 2207 /* Phase 2 contains other kinds of arrays. */
1535 if (flag_stack_protect == 2) 2208 if (flag_stack_protect == SPCT_FLAG_ALL
1536 expand_stack_vars (stack_protect_decl_phase_2); 2209 || flag_stack_protect == SPCT_FLAG_STRONG
1537 } 2210 || (flag_stack_protect == SPCT_FLAG_EXPLICIT
1538 2211 && lookup_attribute ("stack_protect",
1539 expand_stack_vars (NULL); 2212 DECL_ATTRIBUTES (current_function_decl))))
1540 2213 expand_stack_vars (stack_protect_decl_phase_2, &data);
1541 fini_vars_expansion (); 2214 }
1542 } 2215
2216 if (asan_sanitize_stack_p ())
2217 /* Phase 3, any partitions that need asan protection
2218 in addition to phase 1 and 2. */
2219 expand_stack_vars (asan_decl_phase_3, &data);
2220
2221 if (!data.asan_vec.is_empty ())
2222 {
2223 HOST_WIDE_INT prev_offset = frame_offset;
2224 HOST_WIDE_INT offset, sz, redzonesz;
2225 redzonesz = ASAN_RED_ZONE_SIZE;
2226 sz = data.asan_vec[0] - prev_offset;
2227 if (data.asan_alignb > ASAN_RED_ZONE_SIZE
2228 && data.asan_alignb <= 4096
2229 && sz + ASAN_RED_ZONE_SIZE >= (int) data.asan_alignb)
2230 redzonesz = ((sz + ASAN_RED_ZONE_SIZE + data.asan_alignb - 1)
2231 & ~(data.asan_alignb - HOST_WIDE_INT_1)) - sz;
2232 offset
2233 = alloc_stack_frame_space (redzonesz, ASAN_RED_ZONE_SIZE);
2234 data.asan_vec.safe_push (prev_offset);
2235 data.asan_vec.safe_push (offset);
2236 /* Leave space for alignment if STRICT_ALIGNMENT. */
2237 if (STRICT_ALIGNMENT)
2238 alloc_stack_frame_space ((GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (SImode)
2239 << ASAN_SHADOW_SHIFT)
2240 / BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
2241
2242 var_end_seq
2243 = asan_emit_stack_protection (virtual_stack_vars_rtx,
2244 data.asan_base,
2245 data.asan_alignb,
2246 data.asan_vec.address (),
2247 data.asan_decl_vec.address (),
2248 data.asan_vec.length ());
2249 }
2250
2251 expand_stack_vars (NULL, &data);
2252 }
2253
2254 if (asan_sanitize_allocas_p () && cfun->calls_alloca)
2255 var_end_seq = asan_emit_allocas_unpoison (virtual_stack_dynamic_rtx,
2256 virtual_stack_vars_rtx,
2257 var_end_seq);
2258
2259 fini_vars_expansion ();
1543 2260
1544 /* If there were any artificial non-ignored vars without rtl 2261 /* If there were any artificial non-ignored vars without rtl
1545 found earlier, see if deferred stack allocation hasn't assigned 2262 found earlier, see if deferred stack allocation hasn't assigned
1546 rtl to them. */ 2263 rtl to them. */
1547 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT_REVERSE (tree, maybe_local_decls, i, var) 2264 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT_REVERSE (maybe_local_decls, i, var)
1548 { 2265 {
1549 rtx rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (var); 2266 rtx rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (var);
1550 2267
1551 /* Keep artificial non-ignored vars in cfun->local_decls 2268 /* Keep artificial non-ignored vars in cfun->local_decls
1552 chain until instantiate_decls. */ 2269 chain until instantiate_decls. */
1553 if (rtl && (MEM_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONCAT)) 2270 if (rtl && (MEM_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONCAT))
1554 add_local_decl (cfun, var); 2271 add_local_decl (cfun, var);
1555 } 2272 }
1556 VEC_free (tree, heap, maybe_local_decls);
1557 2273
1558 /* If the target requires that FRAME_OFFSET be aligned, do it. */ 2274 /* If the target requires that FRAME_OFFSET be aligned, do it. */
1559 if (STACK_ALIGNMENT_NEEDED) 2275 if (STACK_ALIGNMENT_NEEDED)
1560 { 2276 {
1561 HOST_WIDE_INT align = PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT; 2277 HOST_WIDE_INT align = PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT;
1562 if (!FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD) 2278 if (!FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD)
1563 frame_offset += align - 1; 2279 frame_offset += align - 1;
1564 frame_offset &= -align; 2280 frame_offset &= -align;
1565 } 2281 }
2282
2283 return var_end_seq;
1566 } 2284 }
1567 2285
1568 2286
1569 /* If we need to produce a detailed dump, print the tree representation 2287 /* If we need to produce a detailed dump, print the tree representation
1570 for STMT to the dump file. SINCE is the last RTX after which the RTL 2288 for STMT to the dump file. SINCE is the last RTX after which the RTL
1571 generated for STMT should have been appended. */ 2289 generated for STMT should have been appended. */
1572 2290
1573 static void 2291 static void
1574 maybe_dump_rtl_for_gimple_stmt (gimple stmt, rtx since) 2292 maybe_dump_rtl_for_gimple_stmt (gimple *stmt, rtx_insn *since)
1575 { 2293 {
1576 if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS)) 2294 if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
1577 { 2295 {
1578 fprintf (dump_file, "\n;; "); 2296 fprintf (dump_file, "\n;; ");
1579 print_gimple_stmt (dump_file, stmt, 0, 2297 print_gimple_stmt (dump_file, stmt, 0,
1584 } 2302 }
1585 } 2303 }
1586 2304
1587 /* Maps the blocks that do not contain tree labels to rtx labels. */ 2305 /* Maps the blocks that do not contain tree labels to rtx labels. */
1588 2306
1589 static struct pointer_map_t *lab_rtx_for_bb; 2307 static hash_map<basic_block, rtx_code_label *> *lab_rtx_for_bb;
1590 2308
1591 /* Returns the label_rtx expression for a label starting basic block BB. */ 2309 /* Returns the label_rtx expression for a label starting basic block BB. */
1592 2310
1593 static rtx 2311 static rtx_code_label *
1594 label_rtx_for_bb (basic_block bb ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 2312 label_rtx_for_bb (basic_block bb ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1595 { 2313 {
1596 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi; 2314 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi;
1597 tree lab; 2315 tree lab;
1598 gimple lab_stmt;
1599 void **elt;
1600 2316
1601 if (bb->flags & BB_RTL) 2317 if (bb->flags & BB_RTL)
1602 return block_label (bb); 2318 return block_label (bb);
1603 2319
1604 elt = pointer_map_contains (lab_rtx_for_bb, bb); 2320 rtx_code_label **elt = lab_rtx_for_bb->get (bb);
1605 if (elt) 2321 if (elt)
1606 return (rtx) *elt; 2322 return *elt;
1607 2323
1608 /* Find the tree label if it is present. */ 2324 /* Find the tree label if it is present. */
1609 2325
1610 for (gsi = gsi_start_bb (bb); !gsi_end_p (gsi); gsi_next (&gsi)) 2326 for (gsi = gsi_start_bb (bb); !gsi_end_p (gsi); gsi_next (&gsi))
1611 { 2327 {
1612 lab_stmt = gsi_stmt (gsi); 2328 glabel *lab_stmt;
1613 if (gimple_code (lab_stmt) != GIMPLE_LABEL) 2329
2330 lab_stmt = dyn_cast <glabel *> (gsi_stmt (gsi));
2331 if (!lab_stmt)
1614 break; 2332 break;
1615 2333
1616 lab = gimple_label_label (lab_stmt); 2334 lab = gimple_label_label (lab_stmt);
1617 if (DECL_NONLOCAL (lab)) 2335 if (DECL_NONLOCAL (lab))
1618 break; 2336 break;
1619 2337
1620 return label_rtx (lab); 2338 return jump_target_rtx (lab);
1621 } 2339 }
1622 2340
1623 elt = pointer_map_insert (lab_rtx_for_bb, bb); 2341 rtx_code_label *l = gen_label_rtx ();
1624 *elt = gen_label_rtx (); 2342 lab_rtx_for_bb->put (bb, l);
1625 return (rtx) *elt; 2343 return l;
1626 } 2344 }
1627 2345
1628 2346
1629 /* A subroutine of expand_gimple_cond. Given E, a fallthrough edge 2347 /* A subroutine of expand_gimple_cond. Given E, a fallthrough edge
1630 of a basic block where we just expanded the conditional at the end, 2348 of a basic block where we just expanded the conditional at the end,
1631 possibly clean up the CFG and instruction sequence. LAST is the 2349 possibly clean up the CFG and instruction sequence. LAST is the
1632 last instruction before the just emitted jump sequence. */ 2350 last instruction before the just emitted jump sequence. */
1633 2351
1634 static void 2352 static void
1635 maybe_cleanup_end_of_block (edge e, rtx last) 2353 maybe_cleanup_end_of_block (edge e, rtx_insn *last)
1636 { 2354 {
1637 /* Special case: when jumpif decides that the condition is 2355 /* Special case: when jumpif decides that the condition is
1638 trivial it emits an unconditional jump (and the necessary 2356 trivial it emits an unconditional jump (and the necessary
1639 barrier). But we still have two edges, the fallthru one is 2357 barrier). But we still have two edges, the fallthru one is
1640 wrong. purge_dead_edges would clean this up later. Unfortunately 2358 wrong. purge_dead_edges would clean this up later. Unfortunately
1645 barrier would get lost and verify_flow_info would ICE. Instead 2363 barrier would get lost and verify_flow_info would ICE. Instead
1646 of auditing all edge splitters to care for the barrier (which 2364 of auditing all edge splitters to care for the barrier (which
1647 normally isn't there in a cleaned CFG), fix it here. */ 2365 normally isn't there in a cleaned CFG), fix it here. */
1648 if (BARRIER_P (get_last_insn ())) 2366 if (BARRIER_P (get_last_insn ()))
1649 { 2367 {
1650 rtx insn; 2368 rtx_insn *insn;
1651 remove_edge (e); 2369 remove_edge (e);
1652 /* Now, we have a single successor block, if we have insns to 2370 /* Now, we have a single successor block, if we have insns to
1653 insert on the remaining edge we potentially will insert 2371 insert on the remaining edge we potentially will insert
1654 it at the end of this block (if the dest block isn't feasible) 2372 it at the end of this block (if the dest block isn't feasible)
1655 in order to avoid splitting the edge. This insertion will take 2373 in order to avoid splitting the edge. This insertion will take
1681 /* A subroutine of expand_gimple_basic_block. Expand one GIMPLE_COND. 2399 /* A subroutine of expand_gimple_basic_block. Expand one GIMPLE_COND.
1682 Returns a new basic block if we've terminated the current basic 2400 Returns a new basic block if we've terminated the current basic
1683 block and created a new one. */ 2401 block and created a new one. */
1684 2402
1685 static basic_block 2403 static basic_block
1686 expand_gimple_cond (basic_block bb, gimple stmt) 2404 expand_gimple_cond (basic_block bb, gcond *stmt)
1687 { 2405 {
1688 basic_block new_bb, dest; 2406 basic_block new_bb, dest;
1689 edge new_edge;
1690 edge true_edge; 2407 edge true_edge;
1691 edge false_edge; 2408 edge false_edge;
1692 rtx last2, last; 2409 rtx_insn *last2, *last;
1693 enum tree_code code; 2410 enum tree_code code;
1694 tree op0, op1; 2411 tree op0, op1;
1695 2412
1696 code = gimple_cond_code (stmt); 2413 code = gimple_cond_code (stmt);
1697 op0 = gimple_cond_lhs (stmt); 2414 op0 = gimple_cond_lhs (stmt);
1702 ... 2419 ...
1703 This would expand to two comparisons which then later might 2420 This would expand to two comparisons which then later might
1704 be cleaned up by combine. But some pattern matchers like if-conversion 2421 be cleaned up by combine. But some pattern matchers like if-conversion
1705 work better when there's only one compare, so make up for this 2422 work better when there's only one compare, so make up for this
1706 here as special exception if TER would have made the same change. */ 2423 here as special exception if TER would have made the same change. */
1707 if (gimple_cond_single_var_p (stmt) 2424 if (SA.values
1708 && SA.values
1709 && TREE_CODE (op0) == SSA_NAME 2425 && TREE_CODE (op0) == SSA_NAME
2426 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (op0)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
2427 && TREE_CODE (op1) == INTEGER_CST
2428 && ((gimple_cond_code (stmt) == NE_EXPR
2429 && integer_zerop (op1))
2430 || (gimple_cond_code (stmt) == EQ_EXPR
2431 && integer_onep (op1)))
1710 && bitmap_bit_p (SA.values, SSA_NAME_VERSION (op0))) 2432 && bitmap_bit_p (SA.values, SSA_NAME_VERSION (op0)))
1711 { 2433 {
1712 gimple second = SSA_NAME_DEF_STMT (op0); 2434 gimple *second = SSA_NAME_DEF_STMT (op0);
1713 if (gimple_code (second) == GIMPLE_ASSIGN) 2435 if (gimple_code (second) == GIMPLE_ASSIGN)
1714 { 2436 {
1715 enum tree_code code2 = gimple_assign_rhs_code (second); 2437 enum tree_code code2 = gimple_assign_rhs_code (second);
1716 if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (code2) == tcc_comparison) 2438 if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (code2) == tcc_comparison)
1717 { 2439 {
1718 code = code2; 2440 code = code2;
1719 op0 = gimple_assign_rhs1 (second); 2441 op0 = gimple_assign_rhs1 (second);
1720 op1 = gimple_assign_rhs2 (second); 2442 op1 = gimple_assign_rhs2 (second);
1721 } 2443 }
1722 /* If jumps are cheap turn some more codes into 2444 /* If jumps are cheap and the target does not support conditional
1723 jumpy sequences. */ 2445 compare, turn some more codes into jumpy sequences. */
1724 else if (BRANCH_COST (optimize_insn_for_speed_p (), false) < 4) 2446 else if (BRANCH_COST (optimize_insn_for_speed_p (), false) < 4
2447 && targetm.gen_ccmp_first == NULL)
1725 { 2448 {
1726 if ((code2 == BIT_AND_EXPR 2449 if ((code2 == BIT_AND_EXPR
1727 && TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (op0)) == 1 2450 && TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (op0)) == 1
1728 && TREE_CODE (gimple_assign_rhs2 (second)) != INTEGER_CST) 2451 && TREE_CODE (gimple_assign_rhs2 (second)) != INTEGER_CST)
1729 || code2 == TRUTH_AND_EXPR) 2452 || code2 == TRUTH_AND_EXPR)
1743 } 2466 }
1744 2467
1745 last2 = last = get_last_insn (); 2468 last2 = last = get_last_insn ();
1746 2469
1747 extract_true_false_edges_from_block (bb, &true_edge, &false_edge); 2470 extract_true_false_edges_from_block (bb, &true_edge, &false_edge);
1748 if (gimple_has_location (stmt)) 2471 set_curr_insn_location (gimple_location (stmt));
1749 {
1750 set_curr_insn_source_location (gimple_location (stmt));
1751 set_curr_insn_block (gimple_block (stmt));
1752 }
1753 2472
1754 /* These flags have no purpose in RTL land. */ 2473 /* These flags have no purpose in RTL land. */
1755 true_edge->flags &= ~EDGE_TRUE_VALUE; 2474 true_edge->flags &= ~EDGE_TRUE_VALUE;
1756 false_edge->flags &= ~EDGE_FALSE_VALUE; 2475 false_edge->flags &= ~EDGE_FALSE_VALUE;
1757 2476
1760 if (false_edge->dest == bb->next_bb) 2479 if (false_edge->dest == bb->next_bb)
1761 { 2480 {
1762 jumpif_1 (code, op0, op1, label_rtx_for_bb (true_edge->dest), 2481 jumpif_1 (code, op0, op1, label_rtx_for_bb (true_edge->dest),
1763 true_edge->probability); 2482 true_edge->probability);
1764 maybe_dump_rtl_for_gimple_stmt (stmt, last); 2483 maybe_dump_rtl_for_gimple_stmt (stmt, last);
1765 if (true_edge->goto_locus) 2484 if (true_edge->goto_locus != UNKNOWN_LOCATION)
1766 { 2485 set_curr_insn_location (true_edge->goto_locus);
1767 set_curr_insn_source_location (true_edge->goto_locus);
1768 set_curr_insn_block (true_edge->goto_block);
1769 true_edge->goto_locus = curr_insn_locator ();
1770 }
1771 true_edge->goto_block = NULL;
1772 false_edge->flags |= EDGE_FALLTHRU; 2486 false_edge->flags |= EDGE_FALLTHRU;
1773 maybe_cleanup_end_of_block (false_edge, last); 2487 maybe_cleanup_end_of_block (false_edge, last);
1774 return NULL; 2488 return NULL;
1775 } 2489 }
1776 if (true_edge->dest == bb->next_bb) 2490 if (true_edge->dest == bb->next_bb)
1777 { 2491 {
1778 jumpifnot_1 (code, op0, op1, label_rtx_for_bb (false_edge->dest), 2492 jumpifnot_1 (code, op0, op1, label_rtx_for_bb (false_edge->dest),
1779 false_edge->probability); 2493 false_edge->probability);
1780 maybe_dump_rtl_for_gimple_stmt (stmt, last); 2494 maybe_dump_rtl_for_gimple_stmt (stmt, last);
1781 if (false_edge->goto_locus) 2495 if (false_edge->goto_locus != UNKNOWN_LOCATION)
1782 { 2496 set_curr_insn_location (false_edge->goto_locus);
1783 set_curr_insn_source_location (false_edge->goto_locus);
1784 set_curr_insn_block (false_edge->goto_block);
1785 false_edge->goto_locus = curr_insn_locator ();
1786 }
1787 false_edge->goto_block = NULL;
1788 true_edge->flags |= EDGE_FALLTHRU; 2497 true_edge->flags |= EDGE_FALLTHRU;
1789 maybe_cleanup_end_of_block (true_edge, last); 2498 maybe_cleanup_end_of_block (true_edge, last);
1790 return NULL; 2499 return NULL;
1791 } 2500 }
1792 2501
1793 jumpif_1 (code, op0, op1, label_rtx_for_bb (true_edge->dest), 2502 jumpif_1 (code, op0, op1, label_rtx_for_bb (true_edge->dest),
1794 true_edge->probability); 2503 true_edge->probability);
1795 last = get_last_insn (); 2504 last = get_last_insn ();
1796 if (false_edge->goto_locus) 2505 if (false_edge->goto_locus != UNKNOWN_LOCATION)
1797 { 2506 set_curr_insn_location (false_edge->goto_locus);
1798 set_curr_insn_source_location (false_edge->goto_locus);
1799 set_curr_insn_block (false_edge->goto_block);
1800 false_edge->goto_locus = curr_insn_locator ();
1801 }
1802 false_edge->goto_block = NULL;
1803 emit_jump (label_rtx_for_bb (false_edge->dest)); 2507 emit_jump (label_rtx_for_bb (false_edge->dest));
1804 2508
1805 BB_END (bb) = last; 2509 BB_END (bb) = last;
1806 if (BARRIER_P (BB_END (bb))) 2510 if (BARRIER_P (BB_END (bb)))
1807 BB_END (bb) = PREV_INSN (BB_END (bb)); 2511 BB_END (bb) = PREV_INSN (BB_END (bb));
1809 2513
1810 new_bb = create_basic_block (NEXT_INSN (last), get_last_insn (), bb); 2514 new_bb = create_basic_block (NEXT_INSN (last), get_last_insn (), bb);
1811 dest = false_edge->dest; 2515 dest = false_edge->dest;
1812 redirect_edge_succ (false_edge, new_bb); 2516 redirect_edge_succ (false_edge, new_bb);
1813 false_edge->flags |= EDGE_FALLTHRU; 2517 false_edge->flags |= EDGE_FALLTHRU;
1814 new_bb->count = false_edge->count; 2518 new_bb->count = false_edge->count ();
1815 new_bb->frequency = EDGE_FREQUENCY (false_edge); 2519 new_bb->frequency = EDGE_FREQUENCY (false_edge);
1816 new_edge = make_edge (new_bb, dest, 0); 2520 loop_p loop = find_common_loop (bb->loop_father, dest->loop_father);
1817 new_edge->probability = REG_BR_PROB_BASE; 2521 add_bb_to_loop (new_bb, loop);
1818 new_edge->count = new_bb->count; 2522 if (loop->latch == bb
2523 && loop->header == dest)
2524 loop->latch = new_bb;
2525 make_single_succ_edge (new_bb, dest, 0);
1819 if (BARRIER_P (BB_END (new_bb))) 2526 if (BARRIER_P (BB_END (new_bb)))
1820 BB_END (new_bb) = PREV_INSN (BB_END (new_bb)); 2527 BB_END (new_bb) = PREV_INSN (BB_END (new_bb));
1821 update_bb_for_insn (new_bb); 2528 update_bb_for_insn (new_bb);
1822 2529
1823 maybe_dump_rtl_for_gimple_stmt (stmt, last2); 2530 maybe_dump_rtl_for_gimple_stmt (stmt, last2);
1824 2531
1825 if (true_edge->goto_locus) 2532 if (true_edge->goto_locus != UNKNOWN_LOCATION)
1826 { 2533 {
1827 set_curr_insn_source_location (true_edge->goto_locus); 2534 set_curr_insn_location (true_edge->goto_locus);
1828 set_curr_insn_block (true_edge->goto_block); 2535 true_edge->goto_locus = curr_insn_location ();
1829 true_edge->goto_locus = curr_insn_locator (); 2536 }
1830 }
1831 true_edge->goto_block = NULL;
1832 2537
1833 return new_bb; 2538 return new_bb;
2539 }
2540
2541 /* Mark all calls that can have a transaction restart. */
2542
2543 static void
2544 mark_transaction_restart_calls (gimple *stmt)
2545 {
2546 struct tm_restart_node dummy;
2547 tm_restart_node **slot;
2548
2549 if (!cfun->gimple_df->tm_restart)
2550 return;
2551
2552 dummy.stmt = stmt;
2553 slot = cfun->gimple_df->tm_restart->find_slot (&dummy, NO_INSERT);
2554 if (slot)
2555 {
2556 struct tm_restart_node *n = *slot;
2557 tree list = n->label_or_list;
2558 rtx_insn *insn;
2559
2560 for (insn = next_real_insn (get_last_insn ());
2561 !CALL_P (insn);
2562 insn = next_real_insn (insn))
2563 continue;
2564
2565 if (TREE_CODE (list) == LABEL_DECL)
2566 add_reg_note (insn, REG_TM, label_rtx (list));
2567 else
2568 for (; list ; list = TREE_CHAIN (list))
2569 add_reg_note (insn, REG_TM, label_rtx (TREE_VALUE (list)));
2570 }
1834 } 2571 }
1835 2572
1836 /* A subroutine of expand_gimple_stmt_1, expanding one GIMPLE_CALL 2573 /* A subroutine of expand_gimple_stmt_1, expanding one GIMPLE_CALL
1837 statement STMT. */ 2574 statement STMT. */
1838 2575
1839 static void 2576 static void
1840 expand_call_stmt (gimple stmt) 2577 expand_call_stmt (gcall *stmt)
1841 { 2578 {
1842 tree exp; 2579 tree exp, decl, lhs;
1843 tree lhs = gimple_call_lhs (stmt); 2580 bool builtin_p;
1844 size_t i; 2581 size_t i;
1845 bool builtin_p; 2582
1846 tree decl; 2583 if (gimple_call_internal_p (stmt))
2584 {
2585 expand_internal_call (stmt);
2586 return;
2587 }
2588
2589 /* If this is a call to a built-in function and it has no effect other
2590 than setting the lhs, try to implement it using an internal function
2591 instead. */
2592 decl = gimple_call_fndecl (stmt);
2593 if (gimple_call_lhs (stmt)
2594 && !gimple_has_side_effects (stmt)
2595 && (optimize || (decl && called_as_built_in (decl))))
2596 {
2597 internal_fn ifn = replacement_internal_fn (stmt);
2598 if (ifn != IFN_LAST)
2599 {
2600 expand_internal_call (ifn, stmt);
2601 return;
2602 }
2603 }
1847 2604
1848 exp = build_vl_exp (CALL_EXPR, gimple_call_num_args (stmt) + 3); 2605 exp = build_vl_exp (CALL_EXPR, gimple_call_num_args (stmt) + 3);
1849 2606
1850 CALL_EXPR_FN (exp) = gimple_call_fn (stmt); 2607 CALL_EXPR_FN (exp) = gimple_call_fn (stmt);
1851 decl = gimple_call_fndecl (stmt);
1852 builtin_p = decl && DECL_BUILT_IN (decl); 2608 builtin_p = decl && DECL_BUILT_IN (decl);
2609
2610 /* If this is not a builtin function, the function type through which the
2611 call is made may be different from the type of the function. */
2612 if (!builtin_p)
2613 CALL_EXPR_FN (exp)
2614 = fold_convert (build_pointer_type (gimple_call_fntype (stmt)),
2615 CALL_EXPR_FN (exp));
1853 2616
1854 TREE_TYPE (exp) = gimple_call_return_type (stmt); 2617 TREE_TYPE (exp) = gimple_call_return_type (stmt);
1855 CALL_EXPR_STATIC_CHAIN (exp) = gimple_call_chain (stmt); 2618 CALL_EXPR_STATIC_CHAIN (exp) = gimple_call_chain (stmt);
1856 2619
1857 for (i = 0; i < gimple_call_num_args (stmt); i++) 2620 for (i = 0; i < gimple_call_num_args (stmt); i++)
1858 { 2621 {
1859 tree arg = gimple_call_arg (stmt, i); 2622 tree arg = gimple_call_arg (stmt, i);
1860 gimple def; 2623 gimple *def;
1861 /* TER addresses into arguments of builtin functions so we have a 2624 /* TER addresses into arguments of builtin functions so we have a
1862 chance to infer more correct alignment information. See PR39954. */ 2625 chance to infer more correct alignment information. See PR39954. */
1863 if (builtin_p 2626 if (builtin_p
1864 && TREE_CODE (arg) == SSA_NAME 2627 && TREE_CODE (arg) == SSA_NAME
1865 && (def = get_gimple_for_ssa_name (arg)) 2628 && (def = get_gimple_for_ssa_name (arg))
1873 2636
1874 if (gimple_call_nothrow_p (stmt)) 2637 if (gimple_call_nothrow_p (stmt))
1875 TREE_NOTHROW (exp) = 1; 2638 TREE_NOTHROW (exp) = 1;
1876 2639
1877 CALL_EXPR_TAILCALL (exp) = gimple_call_tail_p (stmt); 2640 CALL_EXPR_TAILCALL (exp) = gimple_call_tail_p (stmt);
2641 CALL_EXPR_MUST_TAIL_CALL (exp) = gimple_call_must_tail_p (stmt);
1878 CALL_EXPR_RETURN_SLOT_OPT (exp) = gimple_call_return_slot_opt_p (stmt); 2642 CALL_EXPR_RETURN_SLOT_OPT (exp) = gimple_call_return_slot_opt_p (stmt);
1879 CALL_FROM_THUNK_P (exp) = gimple_call_from_thunk_p (stmt); 2643 if (decl
1880 CALL_CANNOT_INLINE_P (exp) = gimple_call_cannot_inline_p (stmt); 2644 && DECL_BUILT_IN_CLASS (decl) == BUILT_IN_NORMAL
2645 && ALLOCA_FUNCTION_CODE_P (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (decl)))
2646 CALL_ALLOCA_FOR_VAR_P (exp) = gimple_call_alloca_for_var_p (stmt);
2647 else
2648 CALL_FROM_THUNK_P (exp) = gimple_call_from_thunk_p (stmt);
1881 CALL_EXPR_VA_ARG_PACK (exp) = gimple_call_va_arg_pack_p (stmt); 2649 CALL_EXPR_VA_ARG_PACK (exp) = gimple_call_va_arg_pack_p (stmt);
2650 CALL_EXPR_BY_DESCRIPTOR (exp) = gimple_call_by_descriptor_p (stmt);
1882 SET_EXPR_LOCATION (exp, gimple_location (stmt)); 2651 SET_EXPR_LOCATION (exp, gimple_location (stmt));
1883 TREE_BLOCK (exp) = gimple_block (stmt); 2652 CALL_WITH_BOUNDS_P (exp) = gimple_call_with_bounds_p (stmt);
1884 2653
2654 /* Ensure RTL is created for debug args. */
2655 if (decl && DECL_HAS_DEBUG_ARGS_P (decl))
2656 {
2657 vec<tree, va_gc> **debug_args = decl_debug_args_lookup (decl);
2658 unsigned int ix;
2659 tree dtemp;
2660
2661 if (debug_args)
2662 for (ix = 1; (*debug_args)->iterate (ix, &dtemp); ix += 2)
2663 {
2664 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (dtemp) == DEBUG_EXPR_DECL);
2665 expand_debug_expr (dtemp);
2666 }
2667 }
2668
2669 rtx_insn *before_call = get_last_insn ();
2670 lhs = gimple_call_lhs (stmt);
1885 if (lhs) 2671 if (lhs)
1886 expand_assignment (lhs, exp, false); 2672 expand_assignment (lhs, exp, false);
1887 else 2673 else
1888 expand_expr_real_1 (exp, const0_rtx, VOIDmode, EXPAND_NORMAL, NULL); 2674 expand_expr (exp, const0_rtx, VOIDmode, EXPAND_NORMAL);
2675
2676 /* If the gimple call is an indirect call and has 'nocf_check'
2677 attribute find a generated CALL insn to mark it as no
2678 control-flow verification is needed. */
2679 if (gimple_call_nocf_check_p (stmt)
2680 && !gimple_call_fndecl (stmt))
2681 {
2682 rtx_insn *last = get_last_insn ();
2683 while (!CALL_P (last)
2684 && last != before_call)
2685 last = PREV_INSN (last);
2686
2687 if (last != before_call)
2688 add_reg_note (last, REG_CALL_NOCF_CHECK, const0_rtx);
2689 }
2690
2691 mark_transaction_restart_calls (stmt);
2692 }
2693
2694
2695 /* Generate RTL for an asm statement (explicit assembler code).
2696 STRING is a STRING_CST node containing the assembler code text,
2697 or an ADDR_EXPR containing a STRING_CST. VOL nonzero means the
2698 insn is volatile; don't optimize it. */
2699
2700 static void
2701 expand_asm_loc (tree string, int vol, location_t locus)
2702 {
2703 rtx body;
2704
2705 body = gen_rtx_ASM_INPUT_loc (VOIDmode,
2706 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (string)),
2707 locus);
2708
2709 MEM_VOLATILE_P (body) = vol;
2710
2711 /* Non-empty basic ASM implicitly clobbers memory. */
2712 if (TREE_STRING_LENGTH (string) != 0)
2713 {
2714 rtx asm_op, clob;
2715 unsigned i, nclobbers;
2716 auto_vec<rtx> input_rvec, output_rvec;
2717 auto_vec<const char *> constraints;
2718 auto_vec<rtx> clobber_rvec;
2719 HARD_REG_SET clobbered_regs;
2720 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (clobbered_regs);
2721
2722 clob = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, gen_rtx_SCRATCH (VOIDmode));
2723 clobber_rvec.safe_push (clob);
2724
2725 if (targetm.md_asm_adjust)
2726 targetm.md_asm_adjust (output_rvec, input_rvec,
2727 constraints, clobber_rvec,
2728 clobbered_regs);
2729
2730 asm_op = body;
2731 nclobbers = clobber_rvec.length ();
2732 body = gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode, rtvec_alloc (1 + nclobbers));
2733
2734 XVECEXP (body, 0, 0) = asm_op;
2735 for (i = 0; i < nclobbers; i++)
2736 XVECEXP (body, 0, i + 1) = gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, clobber_rvec[i]);
2737 }
2738
2739 emit_insn (body);
2740 }
2741
2742 /* Return the number of times character C occurs in string S. */
2743 static int
2744 n_occurrences (int c, const char *s)
2745 {
2746 int n = 0;
2747 while (*s)
2748 n += (*s++ == c);
2749 return n;
2750 }
2751
2752 /* A subroutine of expand_asm_operands. Check that all operands have
2753 the same number of alternatives. Return true if so. */
2754
2755 static bool
2756 check_operand_nalternatives (const vec<const char *> &constraints)
2757 {
2758 unsigned len = constraints.length();
2759 if (len > 0)
2760 {
2761 int nalternatives = n_occurrences (',', constraints[0]);
2762
2763 if (nalternatives + 1 > MAX_RECOG_ALTERNATIVES)
2764 {
2765 error ("too many alternatives in %<asm%>");
2766 return false;
2767 }
2768
2769 for (unsigned i = 1; i < len; ++i)
2770 if (n_occurrences (',', constraints[i]) != nalternatives)
2771 {
2772 error ("operand constraints for %<asm%> differ "
2773 "in number of alternatives");
2774 return false;
2775 }
2776 }
2777 return true;
2778 }
2779
2780 /* Check for overlap between registers marked in CLOBBERED_REGS and
2781 anything inappropriate in T. Emit error and return the register
2782 variable definition for error, NULL_TREE for ok. */
2783
2784 static bool
2785 tree_conflicts_with_clobbers_p (tree t, HARD_REG_SET *clobbered_regs)
2786 {
2787 /* Conflicts between asm-declared register variables and the clobber
2788 list are not allowed. */
2789 tree overlap = tree_overlaps_hard_reg_set (t, clobbered_regs);
2790
2791 if (overlap)
2792 {
2793 error ("asm-specifier for variable %qE conflicts with asm clobber list",
2794 DECL_NAME (overlap));
2795
2796 /* Reset registerness to stop multiple errors emitted for a single
2797 variable. */
2798 DECL_REGISTER (overlap) = 0;
2799 return true;
2800 }
2801
2802 return false;
2803 }
2804
2805 /* Generate RTL for an asm statement with arguments.
2806 STRING is the instruction template.
2807 OUTPUTS is a list of output arguments (lvalues); INPUTS a list of inputs.
2808 Each output or input has an expression in the TREE_VALUE and
2809 a tree list in TREE_PURPOSE which in turn contains a constraint
2810 name in TREE_VALUE (or NULL_TREE) and a constraint string
2811 in TREE_PURPOSE.
2812 CLOBBERS is a list of STRING_CST nodes each naming a hard register
2813 that is clobbered by this insn.
2814
2815 LABELS is a list of labels, and if LABELS is non-NULL, FALLTHRU_BB
2816 should be the fallthru basic block of the asm goto.
2817
2818 Not all kinds of lvalue that may appear in OUTPUTS can be stored directly.
2819 Some elements of OUTPUTS may be replaced with trees representing temporary
2820 values. The caller should copy those temporary values to the originally
2821 specified lvalues.
2822
2823 VOL nonzero means the insn is volatile; don't optimize it. */
2824
2825 static void
2826 expand_asm_stmt (gasm *stmt)
2827 {
2828 class save_input_location
2829 {
2830 location_t old;
2831
2832 public:
2833 explicit save_input_location(location_t where)
2834 {
2835 old = input_location;
2836 input_location = where;
2837 }
2838
2839 ~save_input_location()
2840 {
2841 input_location = old;
2842 }
2843 };
2844
2845 location_t locus = gimple_location (stmt);
2846
2847 if (gimple_asm_input_p (stmt))
2848 {
2849 const char *s = gimple_asm_string (stmt);
2850 tree string = build_string (strlen (s), s);
2851 expand_asm_loc (string, gimple_asm_volatile_p (stmt), locus);
2852 return;
2853 }
2854
2855 /* There are some legacy diagnostics in here, and also avoids a
2856 sixth parameger to targetm.md_asm_adjust. */
2857 save_input_location s_i_l(locus);
2858
2859 unsigned noutputs = gimple_asm_noutputs (stmt);
2860 unsigned ninputs = gimple_asm_ninputs (stmt);
2861 unsigned nlabels = gimple_asm_nlabels (stmt);
2862 unsigned i;
2863
2864 /* ??? Diagnose during gimplification? */
2865 if (ninputs + noutputs + nlabels > MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS)
2866 {
2867 error ("more than %d operands in %<asm%>", MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS);
2868 return;
2869 }
2870
2871 auto_vec<tree, MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS> output_tvec;
2872 auto_vec<tree, MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS> input_tvec;
2873 auto_vec<const char *, MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS> constraints;
2874
2875 /* Copy the gimple vectors into new vectors that we can manipulate. */
2876
2877 output_tvec.safe_grow (noutputs);
2878 input_tvec.safe_grow (ninputs);
2879 constraints.safe_grow (noutputs + ninputs);
2880
2881 for (i = 0; i < noutputs; ++i)
2882 {
2883 tree t = gimple_asm_output_op (stmt, i);
2884 output_tvec[i] = TREE_VALUE (t);
2885 constraints[i] = TREE_STRING_POINTER (TREE_VALUE (TREE_PURPOSE (t)));
2886 }
2887 for (i = 0; i < ninputs; i++)
2888 {
2889 tree t = gimple_asm_input_op (stmt, i);
2890 input_tvec[i] = TREE_VALUE (t);
2891 constraints[i + noutputs]
2892 = TREE_STRING_POINTER (TREE_VALUE (TREE_PURPOSE (t)));
2893 }
2894
2895 /* ??? Diagnose during gimplification? */
2896 if (! check_operand_nalternatives (constraints))
2897 return;
2898
2899 /* Count the number of meaningful clobbered registers, ignoring what
2900 we would ignore later. */
2901 auto_vec<rtx> clobber_rvec;
2902 HARD_REG_SET clobbered_regs;
2903 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (clobbered_regs);
2904
2905 if (unsigned n = gimple_asm_nclobbers (stmt))
2906 {
2907 clobber_rvec.reserve (n);
2908 for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
2909 {
2910 tree t = gimple_asm_clobber_op (stmt, i);
2911 const char *regname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (TREE_VALUE (t));
2912 int nregs, j;
2913
2914 j = decode_reg_name_and_count (regname, &nregs);
2915 if (j < 0)
2916 {
2917 if (j == -2)
2918 {
2919 /* ??? Diagnose during gimplification? */
2920 error ("unknown register name %qs in %<asm%>", regname);
2921 }
2922 else if (j == -4)
2923 {
2924 rtx x = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, gen_rtx_SCRATCH (VOIDmode));
2925 clobber_rvec.safe_push (x);
2926 }
2927 else
2928 {
2929 /* Otherwise we should have -1 == empty string
2930 or -3 == cc, which is not a register. */
2931 gcc_assert (j == -1 || j == -3);
2932 }
2933 }
2934 else
2935 for (int reg = j; reg < j + nregs; reg++)
2936 {
2937 /* Clobbering the PIC register is an error. */
2938 if (reg == (int) PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM)
2939 {
2940 /* ??? Diagnose during gimplification? */
2941 error ("PIC register clobbered by %qs in %<asm%>",
2942 regname);
2943 return;
2944 }
2945
2946 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (clobbered_regs, reg);
2947 rtx x = gen_rtx_REG (reg_raw_mode[reg], reg);
2948 clobber_rvec.safe_push (x);
2949 }
2950 }
2951 }
2952 unsigned nclobbers = clobber_rvec.length();
2953
2954 /* First pass over inputs and outputs checks validity and sets
2955 mark_addressable if needed. */
2956 /* ??? Diagnose during gimplification? */
2957
2958 for (i = 0; i < noutputs; ++i)
2959 {
2960 tree val = output_tvec[i];
2961 tree type = TREE_TYPE (val);
2962 const char *constraint;
2963 bool is_inout;
2964 bool allows_reg;
2965 bool allows_mem;
2966
2967 /* Try to parse the output constraint. If that fails, there's
2968 no point in going further. */
2969 constraint = constraints[i];
2970 if (!parse_output_constraint (&constraint, i, ninputs, noutputs,
2971 &allows_mem, &allows_reg, &is_inout))
2972 return;
2973
2974 if (! allows_reg
2975 && (allows_mem
2976 || is_inout
2977 || (DECL_P (val)
2978 && REG_P (DECL_RTL (val))
2979 && GET_MODE (DECL_RTL (val)) != TYPE_MODE (type))))
2980 mark_addressable (val);
2981 }
2982
2983 for (i = 0; i < ninputs; ++i)
2984 {
2985 bool allows_reg, allows_mem;
2986 const char *constraint;
2987
2988 constraint = constraints[i + noutputs];
2989 if (! parse_input_constraint (&constraint, i, ninputs, noutputs, 0,
2990 constraints.address (),
2991 &allows_mem, &allows_reg))
2992 return;
2993
2994 if (! allows_reg && allows_mem)
2995 mark_addressable (input_tvec[i]);
2996 }
2997
2998 /* Second pass evaluates arguments. */
2999
3000 /* Make sure stack is consistent for asm goto. */
3001 if (nlabels > 0)
3002 do_pending_stack_adjust ();
3003 int old_generating_concat_p = generating_concat_p;
3004
3005 /* Vector of RTX's of evaluated output operands. */
3006 auto_vec<rtx, MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS> output_rvec;
3007 auto_vec<int, MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS> inout_opnum;
3008 rtx_insn *after_rtl_seq = NULL, *after_rtl_end = NULL;
3009
3010 output_rvec.safe_grow (noutputs);
3011
3012 for (i = 0; i < noutputs; ++i)
3013 {
3014 tree val = output_tvec[i];
3015 tree type = TREE_TYPE (val);
3016 bool is_inout, allows_reg, allows_mem, ok;
3017 rtx op;
3018
3019 ok = parse_output_constraint (&constraints[i], i, ninputs,
3020 noutputs, &allows_mem, &allows_reg,
3021 &is_inout);
3022 gcc_assert (ok);
3023
3024 /* If an output operand is not a decl or indirect ref and our constraint
3025 allows a register, make a temporary to act as an intermediate.
3026 Make the asm insn write into that, then we will copy it to
3027 the real output operand. Likewise for promoted variables. */
3028
3029 generating_concat_p = 0;
3030
3031 if ((TREE_CODE (val) == INDIRECT_REF
3032 && allows_mem)
3033 || (DECL_P (val)
3034 && (allows_mem || REG_P (DECL_RTL (val)))
3035 && ! (REG_P (DECL_RTL (val))
3036 && GET_MODE (DECL_RTL (val)) != TYPE_MODE (type)))
3037 || ! allows_reg
3038 || is_inout)
3039 {
3040 op = expand_expr (val, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode,
3041 !allows_reg ? EXPAND_MEMORY : EXPAND_WRITE);
3042 if (MEM_P (op))
3043 op = validize_mem (op);
3044
3045 if (! allows_reg && !MEM_P (op))
3046 error ("output number %d not directly addressable", i);
3047 if ((! allows_mem && MEM_P (op))
3048 || GET_CODE (op) == CONCAT)
3049 {
3050 rtx old_op = op;
3051 op = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (op));
3052
3053 generating_concat_p = old_generating_concat_p;
3054
3055 if (is_inout)
3056 emit_move_insn (op, old_op);
3057
3058 push_to_sequence2 (after_rtl_seq, after_rtl_end);
3059 emit_move_insn (old_op, op);
3060 after_rtl_seq = get_insns ();
3061 after_rtl_end = get_last_insn ();
3062 end_sequence ();
3063 }
3064 }
3065 else
3066 {
3067 op = assign_temp (type, 0, 1);
3068 op = validize_mem (op);
3069 if (!MEM_P (op) && TREE_CODE (val) == SSA_NAME)
3070 set_reg_attrs_for_decl_rtl (SSA_NAME_VAR (val), op);
3071
3072 generating_concat_p = old_generating_concat_p;
3073
3074 push_to_sequence2 (after_rtl_seq, after_rtl_end);
3075 expand_assignment (val, make_tree (type, op), false);
3076 after_rtl_seq = get_insns ();
3077 after_rtl_end = get_last_insn ();
3078 end_sequence ();
3079 }
3080 output_rvec[i] = op;
3081
3082 if (is_inout)
3083 inout_opnum.safe_push (i);
3084 }
3085
3086 auto_vec<rtx, MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS> input_rvec;
3087 auto_vec<machine_mode, MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS> input_mode;
3088
3089 input_rvec.safe_grow (ninputs);
3090 input_mode.safe_grow (ninputs);
3091
3092 generating_concat_p = 0;
3093
3094 for (i = 0; i < ninputs; ++i)
3095 {
3096 tree val = input_tvec[i];
3097 tree type = TREE_TYPE (val);
3098 bool allows_reg, allows_mem, ok;
3099 const char *constraint;
3100 rtx op;
3101
3102 constraint = constraints[i + noutputs];
3103 ok = parse_input_constraint (&constraint, i, ninputs, noutputs, 0,
3104 constraints.address (),
3105 &allows_mem, &allows_reg);
3106 gcc_assert (ok);
3107
3108 /* EXPAND_INITIALIZER will not generate code for valid initializer
3109 constants, but will still generate code for other types of operand.
3110 This is the behavior we want for constant constraints. */
3111 op = expand_expr (val, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode,
3112 allows_reg ? EXPAND_NORMAL
3113 : allows_mem ? EXPAND_MEMORY
3114 : EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
3115
3116 /* Never pass a CONCAT to an ASM. */
3117 if (GET_CODE (op) == CONCAT)
3118 op = force_reg (GET_MODE (op), op);
3119 else if (MEM_P (op))
3120 op = validize_mem (op);
3121
3122 if (asm_operand_ok (op, constraint, NULL) <= 0)
3123 {
3124 if (allows_reg && TYPE_MODE (type) != BLKmode)
3125 op = force_reg (TYPE_MODE (type), op);
3126 else if (!allows_mem)
3127 warning (0, "asm operand %d probably doesn%'t match constraints",
3128 i + noutputs);
3129 else if (MEM_P (op))
3130 {
3131 /* We won't recognize either volatile memory or memory
3132 with a queued address as available a memory_operand
3133 at this point. Ignore it: clearly this *is* a memory. */
3134 }
3135 else
3136 gcc_unreachable ();
3137 }
3138 input_rvec[i] = op;
3139 input_mode[i] = TYPE_MODE (type);
3140 }
3141
3142 /* For in-out operands, copy output rtx to input rtx. */
3143 unsigned ninout = inout_opnum.length();
3144 for (i = 0; i < ninout; i++)
3145 {
3146 int j = inout_opnum[i];
3147 rtx o = output_rvec[j];
3148
3149 input_rvec.safe_push (o);
3150 input_mode.safe_push (GET_MODE (o));
3151
3152 char buffer[16];
3153 sprintf (buffer, "%d", j);
3154 constraints.safe_push (ggc_strdup (buffer));
3155 }
3156 ninputs += ninout;
3157
3158 /* Sometimes we wish to automatically clobber registers across an asm.
3159 Case in point is when the i386 backend moved from cc0 to a hard reg --
3160 maintaining source-level compatibility means automatically clobbering
3161 the flags register. */
3162 rtx_insn *after_md_seq = NULL;
3163 if (targetm.md_asm_adjust)
3164 after_md_seq = targetm.md_asm_adjust (output_rvec, input_rvec,
3165 constraints, clobber_rvec,
3166 clobbered_regs);
3167
3168 /* Do not allow the hook to change the output and input count,
3169 lest it mess up the operand numbering. */
3170 gcc_assert (output_rvec.length() == noutputs);
3171 gcc_assert (input_rvec.length() == ninputs);
3172 gcc_assert (constraints.length() == noutputs + ninputs);
3173
3174 /* But it certainly can adjust the clobbers. */
3175 nclobbers = clobber_rvec.length();
3176
3177 /* Third pass checks for easy conflicts. */
3178 /* ??? Why are we doing this on trees instead of rtx. */
3179
3180 bool clobber_conflict_found = 0;
3181 for (i = 0; i < noutputs; ++i)
3182 if (tree_conflicts_with_clobbers_p (output_tvec[i], &clobbered_regs))
3183 clobber_conflict_found = 1;
3184 for (i = 0; i < ninputs - ninout; ++i)
3185 if (tree_conflicts_with_clobbers_p (input_tvec[i], &clobbered_regs))
3186 clobber_conflict_found = 1;
3187
3188 /* Make vectors for the expression-rtx, constraint strings,
3189 and named operands. */
3190
3191 rtvec argvec = rtvec_alloc (ninputs);
3192 rtvec constraintvec = rtvec_alloc (ninputs);
3193 rtvec labelvec = rtvec_alloc (nlabels);
3194
3195 rtx body = gen_rtx_ASM_OPERANDS ((noutputs == 0 ? VOIDmode
3196 : GET_MODE (output_rvec[0])),
3197 ggc_strdup (gimple_asm_string (stmt)),
3198 "", 0, argvec, constraintvec,
3199 labelvec, locus);
3200 MEM_VOLATILE_P (body) = gimple_asm_volatile_p (stmt);
3201
3202 for (i = 0; i < ninputs; ++i)
3203 {
3204 ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT (body, i) = input_rvec[i];
3205 ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_CONSTRAINT_EXP (body, i)
3206 = gen_rtx_ASM_INPUT_loc (input_mode[i],
3207 constraints[i + noutputs],
3208 locus);
3209 }
3210
3211 /* Copy labels to the vector. */
3212 rtx_code_label *fallthru_label = NULL;
3213 if (nlabels > 0)
3214 {
3215 basic_block fallthru_bb = NULL;
3216 edge fallthru = find_fallthru_edge (gimple_bb (stmt)->succs);
3217 if (fallthru)
3218 fallthru_bb = fallthru->dest;
3219
3220 for (i = 0; i < nlabels; ++i)
3221 {
3222 tree label = TREE_VALUE (gimple_asm_label_op (stmt, i));
3223 rtx_insn *r;
3224 /* If asm goto has any labels in the fallthru basic block, use
3225 a label that we emit immediately after the asm goto. Expansion
3226 may insert further instructions into the same basic block after
3227 asm goto and if we don't do this, insertion of instructions on
3228 the fallthru edge might misbehave. See PR58670. */
3229 if (fallthru_bb && label_to_block_fn (cfun, label) == fallthru_bb)
3230 {
3231 if (fallthru_label == NULL_RTX)
3232 fallthru_label = gen_label_rtx ();
3233 r = fallthru_label;
3234 }
3235 else
3236 r = label_rtx (label);
3237 ASM_OPERANDS_LABEL (body, i) = gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (Pmode, r);
3238 }
3239 }
3240
3241 /* Now, for each output, construct an rtx
3242 (set OUTPUT (asm_operands INSN OUTPUTCONSTRAINT OUTPUTNUMBER
3243 ARGVEC CONSTRAINTS OPNAMES))
3244 If there is more than one, put them inside a PARALLEL. */
3245
3246 if (nlabels > 0 && nclobbers == 0)
3247 {
3248 gcc_assert (noutputs == 0);
3249 emit_jump_insn (body);
3250 }
3251 else if (noutputs == 0 && nclobbers == 0)
3252 {
3253 /* No output operands: put in a raw ASM_OPERANDS rtx. */
3254 emit_insn (body);
3255 }
3256 else if (noutputs == 1 && nclobbers == 0)
3257 {
3258 ASM_OPERANDS_OUTPUT_CONSTRAINT (body) = constraints[0];
3259 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (output_rvec[0], body));
3260 }
3261 else
3262 {
3263 rtx obody = body;
3264 int num = noutputs;
3265
3266 if (num == 0)
3267 num = 1;
3268
3269 body = gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode, rtvec_alloc (num + nclobbers));
3270
3271 /* For each output operand, store a SET. */
3272 for (i = 0; i < noutputs; ++i)
3273 {
3274 rtx src, o = output_rvec[i];
3275 if (i == 0)
3276 {
3277 ASM_OPERANDS_OUTPUT_CONSTRAINT (obody) = constraints[0];
3278 src = obody;
3279 }
3280 else
3281 {
3282 src = gen_rtx_ASM_OPERANDS (GET_MODE (o),
3283 ASM_OPERANDS_TEMPLATE (obody),
3284 constraints[i], i, argvec,
3285 constraintvec, labelvec, locus);
3286 MEM_VOLATILE_P (src) = gimple_asm_volatile_p (stmt);
3287 }
3288 XVECEXP (body, 0, i) = gen_rtx_SET (o, src);
3289 }
3290
3291 /* If there are no outputs (but there are some clobbers)
3292 store the bare ASM_OPERANDS into the PARALLEL. */
3293 if (i == 0)
3294 XVECEXP (body, 0, i++) = obody;
3295
3296 /* Store (clobber REG) for each clobbered register specified. */
3297 for (unsigned j = 0; j < nclobbers; ++j)
3298 {
3299 rtx clobbered_reg = clobber_rvec[j];
3300
3301 /* Do sanity check for overlap between clobbers and respectively
3302 input and outputs that hasn't been handled. Such overlap
3303 should have been detected and reported above. */
3304 if (!clobber_conflict_found && REG_P (clobbered_reg))
3305 {
3306 /* We test the old body (obody) contents to avoid
3307 tripping over the under-construction body. */
3308 for (unsigned k = 0; k < noutputs; ++k)
3309 if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (clobbered_reg, output_rvec[k]))
3310 internal_error ("asm clobber conflict with output operand");
3311
3312 for (unsigned k = 0; k < ninputs - ninout; ++k)
3313 if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (clobbered_reg, input_rvec[k]))
3314 internal_error ("asm clobber conflict with input operand");
3315 }
3316
3317 XVECEXP (body, 0, i++) = gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, clobbered_reg);
3318 }
3319
3320 if (nlabels > 0)
3321 emit_jump_insn (body);
3322 else
3323 emit_insn (body);
3324 }
3325
3326 generating_concat_p = old_generating_concat_p;
3327
3328 if (fallthru_label)
3329 emit_label (fallthru_label);
3330
3331 if (after_md_seq)
3332 emit_insn (after_md_seq);
3333 if (after_rtl_seq)
3334 emit_insn (after_rtl_seq);
3335
3336 free_temp_slots ();
3337 crtl->has_asm_statement = 1;
3338 }
3339
3340 /* Emit code to jump to the address
3341 specified by the pointer expression EXP. */
3342
3343 static void
3344 expand_computed_goto (tree exp)
3345 {
3346 rtx x = expand_normal (exp);
3347
3348 do_pending_stack_adjust ();
3349 emit_indirect_jump (x);
3350 }
3351
3352 /* Generate RTL code for a `goto' statement with target label LABEL.
3353 LABEL should be a LABEL_DECL tree node that was or will later be
3354 defined with `expand_label'. */
3355
3356 static void
3357 expand_goto (tree label)
3358 {
3359 if (flag_checking)
3360 {
3361 /* Check for a nonlocal goto to a containing function. Should have
3362 gotten translated to __builtin_nonlocal_goto. */
3363 tree context = decl_function_context (label);
3364 gcc_assert (!context || context == current_function_decl);
3365 }
3366
3367 emit_jump (jump_target_rtx (label));
3368 }
3369
3370 /* Output a return with no value. */
3371
3372 static void
3373 expand_null_return_1 (void)
3374 {
3375 clear_pending_stack_adjust ();
3376 do_pending_stack_adjust ();
3377 emit_jump (return_label);
3378 }
3379
3380 /* Generate RTL to return from the current function, with no value.
3381 (That is, we do not do anything about returning any value.) */
3382
3383 void
3384 expand_null_return (void)
3385 {
3386 /* If this function was declared to return a value, but we
3387 didn't, clobber the return registers so that they are not
3388 propagated live to the rest of the function. */
3389 clobber_return_register ();
3390
3391 expand_null_return_1 ();
3392 }
3393
3394 /* Generate RTL to return from the current function, with value VAL. */
3395
3396 static void
3397 expand_value_return (rtx val)
3398 {
3399 /* Copy the value to the return location unless it's already there. */
3400
3401 tree decl = DECL_RESULT (current_function_decl);
3402 rtx return_reg = DECL_RTL (decl);
3403 if (return_reg != val)
3404 {
3405 tree funtype = TREE_TYPE (current_function_decl);
3406 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
3407 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (type);
3408 machine_mode old_mode = DECL_MODE (decl);
3409 machine_mode mode;
3410 if (DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl))
3411 mode = promote_function_mode (type, old_mode, &unsignedp, funtype, 2);
3412 else
3413 mode = promote_function_mode (type, old_mode, &unsignedp, funtype, 1);
3414
3415 if (mode != old_mode)
3416 val = convert_modes (mode, old_mode, val, unsignedp);
3417
3418 if (GET_CODE (return_reg) == PARALLEL)
3419 emit_group_load (return_reg, val, type, int_size_in_bytes (type));
3420 else
3421 emit_move_insn (return_reg, val);
3422 }
3423
3424 expand_null_return_1 ();
3425 }
3426
3427 /* Generate RTL to evaluate the expression RETVAL and return it
3428 from the current function. */
3429
3430 static void
3431 expand_return (tree retval, tree bounds)
3432 {
3433 rtx result_rtl;
3434 rtx val = 0;
3435 tree retval_rhs;
3436 rtx bounds_rtl;
3437
3438 /* If function wants no value, give it none. */
3439 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (current_function_decl))) == VOID_TYPE)
3440 {
3441 expand_normal (retval);
3442 expand_null_return ();
3443 return;
3444 }
3445
3446 if (retval == error_mark_node)
3447 {
3448 /* Treat this like a return of no value from a function that
3449 returns a value. */
3450 expand_null_return ();
3451 return;
3452 }
3453 else if ((TREE_CODE (retval) == MODIFY_EXPR
3454 || TREE_CODE (retval) == INIT_EXPR)
3455 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (retval, 0)) == RESULT_DECL)
3456 retval_rhs = TREE_OPERAND (retval, 1);
3457 else
3458 retval_rhs = retval;
3459
3460 result_rtl = DECL_RTL (DECL_RESULT (current_function_decl));
3461
3462 /* Put returned bounds to the right place. */
3463 bounds_rtl = DECL_BOUNDS_RTL (DECL_RESULT (current_function_decl));
3464 if (bounds_rtl)
3465 {
3466 rtx addr = NULL;
3467 rtx bnd = NULL;
3468
3469 if (bounds && bounds != error_mark_node)
3470 {
3471 bnd = expand_normal (bounds);
3472 targetm.calls.store_returned_bounds (bounds_rtl, bnd);
3473 }
3474 else if (REG_P (bounds_rtl))
3475 {
3476 if (bounds)
3477 bnd = chkp_expand_zero_bounds ();
3478 else
3479 {
3480 addr = expand_normal (build_fold_addr_expr (retval_rhs));
3481 addr = gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, addr);
3482 bnd = targetm.calls.load_bounds_for_arg (addr, NULL, NULL);
3483 }
3484
3485 targetm.calls.store_returned_bounds (bounds_rtl, bnd);
3486 }
3487 else
3488 {
3489 int n;
3490
3491 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (bounds_rtl) == PARALLEL);
3492
3493 if (bounds)
3494 bnd = chkp_expand_zero_bounds ();
3495 else
3496 {
3497 addr = expand_normal (build_fold_addr_expr (retval_rhs));
3498 addr = gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, addr);
3499 }
3500
3501 for (n = 0; n < XVECLEN (bounds_rtl, 0); n++)
3502 {
3503 rtx slot = XEXP (XVECEXP (bounds_rtl, 0, n), 0);
3504 if (!bounds)
3505 {
3506 rtx offs = XEXP (XVECEXP (bounds_rtl, 0, n), 1);
3507 rtx from = adjust_address (addr, Pmode, INTVAL (offs));
3508 bnd = targetm.calls.load_bounds_for_arg (from, NULL, NULL);
3509 }
3510 targetm.calls.store_returned_bounds (slot, bnd);
3511 }
3512 }
3513 }
3514 else if (chkp_function_instrumented_p (current_function_decl)
3515 && !BOUNDED_P (retval_rhs)
3516 && chkp_type_has_pointer (TREE_TYPE (retval_rhs))
3517 && TREE_CODE (retval_rhs) != RESULT_DECL)
3518 {
3519 rtx addr = expand_normal (build_fold_addr_expr (retval_rhs));
3520 addr = gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, addr);
3521
3522 gcc_assert (MEM_P (result_rtl));
3523
3524 chkp_copy_bounds_for_stack_parm (result_rtl, addr, TREE_TYPE (retval_rhs));
3525 }
3526
3527 /* If we are returning the RESULT_DECL, then the value has already
3528 been stored into it, so we don't have to do anything special. */
3529 if (TREE_CODE (retval_rhs) == RESULT_DECL)
3530 expand_value_return (result_rtl);
3531
3532 /* If the result is an aggregate that is being returned in one (or more)
3533 registers, load the registers here. */
3534
3535 else if (retval_rhs != 0
3536 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (retval_rhs)) == BLKmode
3537 && REG_P (result_rtl))
3538 {
3539 val = copy_blkmode_to_reg (GET_MODE (result_rtl), retval_rhs);
3540 if (val)
3541 {
3542 /* Use the mode of the result value on the return register. */
3543 PUT_MODE (result_rtl, GET_MODE (val));
3544 expand_value_return (val);
3545 }
3546 else
3547 expand_null_return ();
3548 }
3549 else if (retval_rhs != 0
3550 && !VOID_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (retval_rhs))
3551 && (REG_P (result_rtl)
3552 || (GET_CODE (result_rtl) == PARALLEL)))
3553 {
3554 /* Compute the return value into a temporary (usually a pseudo reg). */
3555 val
3556 = assign_temp (TREE_TYPE (DECL_RESULT (current_function_decl)), 0, 1);
3557 val = expand_expr (retval_rhs, val, GET_MODE (val), EXPAND_NORMAL);
3558 val = force_not_mem (val);
3559 expand_value_return (val);
3560 }
3561 else
3562 {
3563 /* No hard reg used; calculate value into hard return reg. */
3564 expand_expr (retval, const0_rtx, VOIDmode, EXPAND_NORMAL);
3565 expand_value_return (result_rtl);
3566 }
1889 } 3567 }
1890 3568
1891 /* A subroutine of expand_gimple_stmt, expanding one gimple statement 3569 /* A subroutine of expand_gimple_stmt, expanding one gimple statement
1892 STMT that doesn't require special handling for outgoing edges. That 3570 STMT that doesn't require special handling for outgoing edges. That
1893 is no tailcalls and no GIMPLE_COND. */ 3571 is no tailcalls and no GIMPLE_COND. */
1894 3572
1895 static void 3573 static void
1896 expand_gimple_stmt_1 (gimple stmt) 3574 expand_gimple_stmt_1 (gimple *stmt)
1897 { 3575 {
1898 tree op0; 3576 tree op0;
3577
3578 set_curr_insn_location (gimple_location (stmt));
3579
1899 switch (gimple_code (stmt)) 3580 switch (gimple_code (stmt))
1900 { 3581 {
1901 case GIMPLE_GOTO: 3582 case GIMPLE_GOTO:
1902 op0 = gimple_goto_dest (stmt); 3583 op0 = gimple_goto_dest (stmt);
1903 if (TREE_CODE (op0) == LABEL_DECL) 3584 if (TREE_CODE (op0) == LABEL_DECL)
1904 expand_goto (op0); 3585 expand_goto (op0);
1905 else 3586 else
1906 expand_computed_goto (op0); 3587 expand_computed_goto (op0);
1907 break; 3588 break;
1908 case GIMPLE_LABEL: 3589 case GIMPLE_LABEL:
1909 expand_label (gimple_label_label (stmt)); 3590 expand_label (gimple_label_label (as_a <glabel *> (stmt)));
1910 break; 3591 break;
1911 case GIMPLE_NOP: 3592 case GIMPLE_NOP:
1912 case GIMPLE_PREDICT: 3593 case GIMPLE_PREDICT:
1913 break; 3594 break;
1914 case GIMPLE_SWITCH: 3595 case GIMPLE_SWITCH:
1915 expand_case (stmt); 3596 {
3597 gswitch *swtch = as_a <gswitch *> (stmt);
3598 if (gimple_switch_num_labels (swtch) == 1)
3599 expand_goto (CASE_LABEL (gimple_switch_default_label (swtch)));
3600 else
3601 expand_case (swtch);
3602 }
1916 break; 3603 break;
1917 case GIMPLE_ASM: 3604 case GIMPLE_ASM:
1918 expand_asm_stmt (stmt); 3605 expand_asm_stmt (as_a <gasm *> (stmt));
1919 break; 3606 break;
1920 case GIMPLE_CALL: 3607 case GIMPLE_CALL:
1921 expand_call_stmt (stmt); 3608 expand_call_stmt (as_a <gcall *> (stmt));
1922 break; 3609 break;
1923 3610
1924 case GIMPLE_RETURN: 3611 case GIMPLE_RETURN:
1925 op0 = gimple_return_retval (stmt); 3612 {
1926 3613 tree bnd = gimple_return_retbnd (as_a <greturn *> (stmt));
1927 if (op0 && op0 != error_mark_node) 3614 op0 = gimple_return_retval (as_a <greturn *> (stmt));
1928 { 3615
1929 tree result = DECL_RESULT (current_function_decl); 3616 if (op0 && op0 != error_mark_node)
1930 3617 {
1931 /* If we are not returning the current function's RESULT_DECL, 3618 tree result = DECL_RESULT (current_function_decl);
1932 build an assignment to it. */ 3619
1933 if (op0 != result) 3620 /* Mark we have return statement with missing bounds. */
1934 { 3621 if (!bnd
1935 /* I believe that a function's RESULT_DECL is unique. */ 3622 && chkp_function_instrumented_p (cfun->decl)
1936 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (op0) != RESULT_DECL); 3623 && !DECL_P (op0))
1937 3624 bnd = error_mark_node;
1938 /* ??? We'd like to use simply expand_assignment here, 3625
1939 but this fails if the value is of BLKmode but the return 3626 /* If we are not returning the current function's RESULT_DECL,
1940 decl is a register. expand_return has special handling 3627 build an assignment to it. */
1941 for this combination, which eventually should move 3628 if (op0 != result)
1942 to common code. See comments there. Until then, let's 3629 {
1943 build a modify expression :-/ */ 3630 /* I believe that a function's RESULT_DECL is unique. */
1944 op0 = build2 (MODIFY_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (result), 3631 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (op0) != RESULT_DECL);
1945 result, op0); 3632
1946 } 3633 /* ??? We'd like to use simply expand_assignment here,
1947 } 3634 but this fails if the value is of BLKmode but the return
1948 if (!op0) 3635 decl is a register. expand_return has special handling
1949 expand_null_return (); 3636 for this combination, which eventually should move
1950 else 3637 to common code. See comments there. Until then, let's
1951 expand_return (op0); 3638 build a modify expression :-/ */
3639 op0 = build2 (MODIFY_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (result),
3640 result, op0);
3641 }
3642 }
3643
3644 if (!op0)
3645 expand_null_return ();
3646 else
3647 expand_return (op0, bnd);
3648 }
1952 break; 3649 break;
1953 3650
1954 case GIMPLE_ASSIGN: 3651 case GIMPLE_ASSIGN:
1955 { 3652 {
1956 tree lhs = gimple_assign_lhs (stmt); 3653 gassign *assign_stmt = as_a <gassign *> (stmt);
3654 tree lhs = gimple_assign_lhs (assign_stmt);
1957 3655
1958 /* Tree expand used to fiddle with |= and &= of two bitfield 3656 /* Tree expand used to fiddle with |= and &= of two bitfield
1959 COMPONENT_REFs here. This can't happen with gimple, the LHS 3657 COMPONENT_REFs here. This can't happen with gimple, the LHS
1960 of binary assigns must be a gimple reg. */ 3658 of binary assigns must be a gimple reg. */
1961 3659
1962 if (TREE_CODE (lhs) != SSA_NAME 3660 if (TREE_CODE (lhs) != SSA_NAME
1963 || get_gimple_rhs_class (gimple_expr_code (stmt)) 3661 || get_gimple_rhs_class (gimple_expr_code (stmt))
1964 == GIMPLE_SINGLE_RHS) 3662 == GIMPLE_SINGLE_RHS)
1965 { 3663 {
1966 tree rhs = gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt); 3664 tree rhs = gimple_assign_rhs1 (assign_stmt);
1967 gcc_assert (get_gimple_rhs_class (gimple_expr_code (stmt)) 3665 gcc_assert (get_gimple_rhs_class (gimple_expr_code (stmt))
1968 == GIMPLE_SINGLE_RHS); 3666 == GIMPLE_SINGLE_RHS);
1969 if (gimple_has_location (stmt) && CAN_HAVE_LOCATION_P (rhs)) 3667 if (gimple_has_location (stmt) && CAN_HAVE_LOCATION_P (rhs)
3668 /* Do not put locations on possibly shared trees. */
3669 && !is_gimple_min_invariant (rhs))
1970 SET_EXPR_LOCATION (rhs, gimple_location (stmt)); 3670 SET_EXPR_LOCATION (rhs, gimple_location (stmt));
1971 expand_assignment (lhs, rhs, 3671 if (TREE_CLOBBER_P (rhs))
1972 gimple_assign_nontemporal_move_p (stmt)); 3672 /* This is a clobber to mark the going out of scope for
3673 this LHS. */
3674 ;
3675 else
3676 expand_assignment (lhs, rhs,
3677 gimple_assign_nontemporal_move_p (
3678 assign_stmt));
1973 } 3679 }
1974 else 3680 else
1975 { 3681 {
1976 rtx target, temp; 3682 rtx target, temp;
1977 bool nontemporal = gimple_assign_nontemporal_move_p (stmt); 3683 bool nontemporal = gimple_assign_nontemporal_move_p (assign_stmt);
1978 struct separate_ops ops; 3684 struct separate_ops ops;
1979 bool promoted = false; 3685 bool promoted = false;
1980 3686
1981 target = expand_expr (lhs, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_WRITE); 3687 target = expand_expr (lhs, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_WRITE);
1982 if (GET_CODE (target) == SUBREG && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (target)) 3688 if (GET_CODE (target) == SUBREG && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (target))
1983 promoted = true; 3689 promoted = true;
1984 3690
1985 ops.code = gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt); 3691 ops.code = gimple_assign_rhs_code (assign_stmt);
1986 ops.type = TREE_TYPE (lhs); 3692 ops.type = TREE_TYPE (lhs);
1987 switch (get_gimple_rhs_class (gimple_expr_code (stmt))) 3693 switch (get_gimple_rhs_class (ops.code))
1988 { 3694 {
1989 case GIMPLE_TERNARY_RHS: 3695 case GIMPLE_TERNARY_RHS:
1990 ops.op2 = gimple_assign_rhs3 (stmt); 3696 ops.op2 = gimple_assign_rhs3 (assign_stmt);
1991 /* Fallthru */ 3697 /* Fallthru */
1992 case GIMPLE_BINARY_RHS: 3698 case GIMPLE_BINARY_RHS:
1993 ops.op1 = gimple_assign_rhs2 (stmt); 3699 ops.op1 = gimple_assign_rhs2 (assign_stmt);
1994 /* Fallthru */ 3700 /* Fallthru */
1995 case GIMPLE_UNARY_RHS: 3701 case GIMPLE_UNARY_RHS:
1996 ops.op0 = gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt); 3702 ops.op0 = gimple_assign_rhs1 (assign_stmt);
1997 break; 3703 break;
1998 default: 3704 default:
1999 gcc_unreachable (); 3705 gcc_unreachable ();
2000 } 3706 }
2001 ops.location = gimple_location (stmt); 3707 ops.location = gimple_location (stmt);
2009 3715
2010 if (temp == target) 3716 if (temp == target)
2011 ; 3717 ;
2012 else if (promoted) 3718 else if (promoted)
2013 { 3719 {
2014 int unsignedp = SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (target); 3720 int unsignedp = SUBREG_PROMOTED_SIGN (target);
2015 /* If TEMP is a VOIDmode constant, use convert_modes to make 3721 /* If TEMP is a VOIDmode constant, use convert_modes to make
2016 sure that we properly convert it. */ 3722 sure that we properly convert it. */
2017 if (CONSTANT_P (temp) && GET_MODE (temp) == VOIDmode) 3723 if (CONSTANT_P (temp) && GET_MODE (temp) == VOIDmode)
2018 { 3724 {
2019 temp = convert_modes (GET_MODE (target), 3725 temp = convert_modes (GET_MODE (target),
2047 3753
2048 In addition to generating the necessary RTL instructions this also 3754 In addition to generating the necessary RTL instructions this also
2049 sets REG_EH_REGION notes if necessary and sets the current source 3755 sets REG_EH_REGION notes if necessary and sets the current source
2050 location for diagnostics. */ 3756 location for diagnostics. */
2051 3757
2052 static rtx 3758 static rtx_insn *
2053 expand_gimple_stmt (gimple stmt) 3759 expand_gimple_stmt (gimple *stmt)
2054 { 3760 {
2055 int lp_nr = 0;
2056 rtx last = NULL;
2057 location_t saved_location = input_location; 3761 location_t saved_location = input_location;
2058 3762 rtx_insn *last = get_last_insn ();
2059 last = get_last_insn (); 3763 int lp_nr;
2060 3764
2061 /* If this is an expression of some kind and it has an associated line
2062 number, then emit the line number before expanding the expression.
2063
2064 We need to save and restore the file and line information so that
2065 errors discovered during expansion are emitted with the right
2066 information. It would be better of the diagnostic routines
2067 used the file/line information embedded in the tree nodes rather
2068 than globals. */
2069 gcc_assert (cfun); 3765 gcc_assert (cfun);
2070 3766
3767 /* We need to save and restore the current source location so that errors
3768 discovered during expansion are emitted with the right location. But
3769 it would be better if the diagnostic routines used the source location
3770 embedded in the tree nodes rather than globals. */
2071 if (gimple_has_location (stmt)) 3771 if (gimple_has_location (stmt))
2072 { 3772 input_location = gimple_location (stmt);
2073 input_location = gimple_location (stmt);
2074 set_curr_insn_source_location (input_location);
2075
2076 /* Record where the insns produced belong. */
2077 set_curr_insn_block (gimple_block (stmt));
2078 }
2079 3773
2080 expand_gimple_stmt_1 (stmt); 3774 expand_gimple_stmt_1 (stmt);
3775
2081 /* Free any temporaries used to evaluate this statement. */ 3776 /* Free any temporaries used to evaluate this statement. */
2082 free_temp_slots (); 3777 free_temp_slots ();
2083 3778
2084 input_location = saved_location; 3779 input_location = saved_location;
2085 3780
2086 /* Mark all insns that may trap. */ 3781 /* Mark all insns that may trap. */
2087 lp_nr = lookup_stmt_eh_lp (stmt); 3782 lp_nr = lookup_stmt_eh_lp (stmt);
2088 if (lp_nr) 3783 if (lp_nr)
2089 { 3784 {
2090 rtx insn; 3785 rtx_insn *insn;
2091 for (insn = next_real_insn (last); insn; 3786 for (insn = next_real_insn (last); insn;
2092 insn = next_real_insn (insn)) 3787 insn = next_real_insn (insn))
2093 { 3788 {
2094 if (! find_reg_note (insn, REG_EH_REGION, NULL_RTX) 3789 if (! find_reg_note (insn, REG_EH_REGION, NULL_RTX)
2095 /* If we want exceptions for non-call insns, any 3790 /* If we want exceptions for non-call insns, any
2113 can still reach the rest of BB. The case here is __builtin_sqrt, 3808 can still reach the rest of BB. The case here is __builtin_sqrt,
2114 where the NaN result goes through the external function (with a 3809 where the NaN result goes through the external function (with a
2115 tailcall) and the normal result happens via a sqrt instruction. */ 3810 tailcall) and the normal result happens via a sqrt instruction. */
2116 3811
2117 static basic_block 3812 static basic_block
2118 expand_gimple_tailcall (basic_block bb, gimple stmt, bool *can_fallthru) 3813 expand_gimple_tailcall (basic_block bb, gcall *stmt, bool *can_fallthru)
2119 { 3814 {
2120 rtx last2, last; 3815 rtx_insn *last2, *last;
2121 edge e; 3816 edge e;
2122 edge_iterator ei; 3817 edge_iterator ei;
2123 int probability; 3818 profile_probability probability;
2124 gcov_type count;
2125 3819
2126 last2 = last = expand_gimple_stmt (stmt); 3820 last2 = last = expand_gimple_stmt (stmt);
2127 3821
2128 for (last = NEXT_INSN (last); last; last = NEXT_INSN (last)) 3822 for (last = NEXT_INSN (last); last; last = NEXT_INSN (last))
2129 if (CALL_P (last) && SIBLING_CALL_P (last)) 3823 if (CALL_P (last) && SIBLING_CALL_P (last))
2144 EH or abnormal edges, we shouldn't have created a tail call in 3838 EH or abnormal edges, we shouldn't have created a tail call in
2145 the first place. So it seems to me we should just be removing 3839 the first place. So it seems to me we should just be removing
2146 all edges here, or redirecting the existing fallthru edge to 3840 all edges here, or redirecting the existing fallthru edge to
2147 the exit block. */ 3841 the exit block. */
2148 3842
2149 probability = 0; 3843 probability = profile_probability::never ();
2150 count = 0;
2151 3844
2152 for (ei = ei_start (bb->succs); (e = ei_safe_edge (ei)); ) 3845 for (ei = ei_start (bb->succs); (e = ei_safe_edge (ei)); )
2153 { 3846 {
2154 if (!(e->flags & (EDGE_ABNORMAL | EDGE_EH))) 3847 if (!(e->flags & (EDGE_ABNORMAL | EDGE_EH)))
2155 { 3848 {
2156 if (e->dest != EXIT_BLOCK_PTR) 3849 if (e->dest != EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun))
2157 { 3850 {
2158 e->dest->count -= e->count;
2159 e->dest->frequency -= EDGE_FREQUENCY (e); 3851 e->dest->frequency -= EDGE_FREQUENCY (e);
2160 if (e->dest->count < 0)
2161 e->dest->count = 0;
2162 if (e->dest->frequency < 0) 3852 if (e->dest->frequency < 0)
2163 e->dest->frequency = 0; 3853 e->dest->frequency = 0;
2164 } 3854 }
2165 count += e->count;
2166 probability += e->probability; 3855 probability += e->probability;
2167 remove_edge (e); 3856 remove_edge (e);
2168 } 3857 }
2169 else 3858 else
2170 ei_next (&ei); 3859 ei_next (&ei);
2187 break; 3876 break;
2188 } 3877 }
2189 delete_insn (NEXT_INSN (last)); 3878 delete_insn (NEXT_INSN (last));
2190 } 3879 }
2191 3880
2192 e = make_edge (bb, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR, EDGE_ABNORMAL | EDGE_SIBCALL); 3881 e = make_edge (bb, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun), EDGE_ABNORMAL
2193 e->probability += probability; 3882 | EDGE_SIBCALL);
2194 e->count += count; 3883 e->probability = probability;
2195 BB_END (bb) = last; 3884 BB_END (bb) = last;
2196 update_bb_for_insn (bb); 3885 update_bb_for_insn (bb);
2197 3886
2198 if (NEXT_INSN (last)) 3887 if (NEXT_INSN (last))
2199 { 3888 {
2210 } 3899 }
2211 3900
2212 /* Return the difference between the floor and the truncated result of 3901 /* Return the difference between the floor and the truncated result of
2213 a signed division by OP1 with remainder MOD. */ 3902 a signed division by OP1 with remainder MOD. */
2214 static rtx 3903 static rtx
2215 floor_sdiv_adjust (enum machine_mode mode, rtx mod, rtx op1) 3904 floor_sdiv_adjust (machine_mode mode, rtx mod, rtx op1)
2216 { 3905 {
2217 /* (mod != 0 ? (op1 / mod < 0 ? -1 : 0) : 0) */ 3906 /* (mod != 0 ? (op1 / mod < 0 ? -1 : 0) : 0) */
2218 return gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE 3907 return gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE
2219 (mode, gen_rtx_NE (BImode, mod, const0_rtx), 3908 (mode, gen_rtx_NE (BImode, mod, const0_rtx),
2220 gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE 3909 gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE
2226 } 3915 }
2227 3916
2228 /* Return the difference between the ceil and the truncated result of 3917 /* Return the difference between the ceil and the truncated result of
2229 a signed division by OP1 with remainder MOD. */ 3918 a signed division by OP1 with remainder MOD. */
2230 static rtx 3919 static rtx
2231 ceil_sdiv_adjust (enum machine_mode mode, rtx mod, rtx op1) 3920 ceil_sdiv_adjust (machine_mode mode, rtx mod, rtx op1)
2232 { 3921 {
2233 /* (mod != 0 ? (op1 / mod > 0 ? 1 : 0) : 0) */ 3922 /* (mod != 0 ? (op1 / mod > 0 ? 1 : 0) : 0) */
2234 return gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE 3923 return gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE
2235 (mode, gen_rtx_NE (BImode, mod, const0_rtx), 3924 (mode, gen_rtx_NE (BImode, mod, const0_rtx),
2236 gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE 3925 gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE
2242 } 3931 }
2243 3932
2244 /* Return the difference between the ceil and the truncated result of 3933 /* Return the difference between the ceil and the truncated result of
2245 an unsigned division by OP1 with remainder MOD. */ 3934 an unsigned division by OP1 with remainder MOD. */
2246 static rtx 3935 static rtx
2247 ceil_udiv_adjust (enum machine_mode mode, rtx mod, rtx op1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 3936 ceil_udiv_adjust (machine_mode mode, rtx mod, rtx op1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2248 { 3937 {
2249 /* (mod != 0 ? 1 : 0) */ 3938 /* (mod != 0 ? 1 : 0) */
2250 return gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE 3939 return gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE
2251 (mode, gen_rtx_NE (BImode, mod, const0_rtx), 3940 (mode, gen_rtx_NE (BImode, mod, const0_rtx),
2252 const1_rtx, const0_rtx); 3941 const1_rtx, const0_rtx);
2254 3943
2255 /* Return the difference between the rounded and the truncated result 3944 /* Return the difference between the rounded and the truncated result
2256 of a signed division by OP1 with remainder MOD. Halfway cases are 3945 of a signed division by OP1 with remainder MOD. Halfway cases are
2257 rounded away from zero, rather than to the nearest even number. */ 3946 rounded away from zero, rather than to the nearest even number. */
2258 static rtx 3947 static rtx
2259 round_sdiv_adjust (enum machine_mode mode, rtx mod, rtx op1) 3948 round_sdiv_adjust (machine_mode mode, rtx mod, rtx op1)
2260 { 3949 {
2261 /* (abs (mod) >= abs (op1) - abs (mod) 3950 /* (abs (mod) >= abs (op1) - abs (mod)
2262 ? (op1 / mod > 0 ? 1 : -1) 3951 ? (op1 / mod > 0 ? 1 : -1)
2263 : 0) */ 3952 : 0) */
2264 return gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE 3953 return gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE
2277 /* Return the difference between the rounded and the truncated result 3966 /* Return the difference between the rounded and the truncated result
2278 of a unsigned division by OP1 with remainder MOD. Halfway cases 3967 of a unsigned division by OP1 with remainder MOD. Halfway cases
2279 are rounded away from zero, rather than to the nearest even 3968 are rounded away from zero, rather than to the nearest even
2280 number. */ 3969 number. */
2281 static rtx 3970 static rtx
2282 round_udiv_adjust (enum machine_mode mode, rtx mod, rtx op1) 3971 round_udiv_adjust (machine_mode mode, rtx mod, rtx op1)
2283 { 3972 {
2284 /* (mod >= op1 - mod ? 1 : 0) */ 3973 /* (mod >= op1 - mod ? 1 : 0) */
2285 return gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE 3974 return gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE
2286 (mode, gen_rtx_GE (BImode, mod, 3975 (mode, gen_rtx_GE (BImode, mod,
2287 gen_rtx_MINUS (mode, op1, mod)), 3976 gen_rtx_MINUS (mode, op1, mod)),
2290 3979
2291 /* Convert X to MODE, that must be Pmode or ptr_mode, without emitting 3980 /* Convert X to MODE, that must be Pmode or ptr_mode, without emitting
2292 any rtl. */ 3981 any rtl. */
2293 3982
2294 static rtx 3983 static rtx
2295 convert_debug_memory_address (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x, 3984 convert_debug_memory_address (scalar_int_mode mode, rtx x,
2296 addr_space_t as) 3985 addr_space_t as)
2297 { 3986 {
2298 enum machine_mode xmode = GET_MODE (x);
2299
2300 #ifndef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED 3987 #ifndef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
2301 gcc_assert (mode == Pmode 3988 gcc_assert (mode == Pmode
2302 || mode == targetm.addr_space.address_mode (as)); 3989 || mode == targetm.addr_space.address_mode (as));
2303 gcc_assert (xmode == mode || xmode == VOIDmode); 3990 gcc_assert (GET_MODE (x) == mode || GET_MODE (x) == VOIDmode);
2304 #else 3991 #else
2305 rtx temp; 3992 rtx temp;
2306 enum machine_mode address_mode = targetm.addr_space.address_mode (as); 3993
2307 enum machine_mode pointer_mode = targetm.addr_space.pointer_mode (as); 3994 gcc_assert (targetm.addr_space.valid_pointer_mode (mode, as));
2308
2309 gcc_assert (mode == address_mode || mode == pointer_mode);
2310 3995
2311 if (GET_MODE (x) == mode || GET_MODE (x) == VOIDmode) 3996 if (GET_MODE (x) == mode || GET_MODE (x) == VOIDmode)
2312 return x; 3997 return x;
2313 3998
2314 if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (xmode)) 3999 /* X must have some form of address mode already. */
2315 x = simplify_gen_subreg (mode, x, xmode, 4000 scalar_int_mode xmode = as_a <scalar_int_mode> (GET_MODE (x));
2316 subreg_lowpart_offset 4001 if (GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode) < GET_MODE_PRECISION (xmode))
2317 (mode, xmode)); 4002 x = lowpart_subreg (mode, x, xmode);
2318 else if (POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED > 0) 4003 else if (POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED > 0)
2319 x = gen_rtx_ZERO_EXTEND (mode, x); 4004 x = gen_rtx_ZERO_EXTEND (mode, x);
2320 else if (!POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED) 4005 else if (!POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED)
2321 x = gen_rtx_SIGN_EXTEND (mode, x); 4006 x = gen_rtx_SIGN_EXTEND (mode, x);
2322 else 4007 else
2332 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (SUBREG_REG (x), 1)))) 4017 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (SUBREG_REG (x), 1))))
2333 && GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)) == mode) 4018 && GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)) == mode)
2334 return SUBREG_REG (x); 4019 return SUBREG_REG (x);
2335 break; 4020 break;
2336 case LABEL_REF: 4021 case LABEL_REF:
2337 temp = gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (mode, XEXP (x, 0)); 4022 temp = gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (mode, label_ref_label (x));
2338 LABEL_REF_NONLOCAL_P (temp) = LABEL_REF_NONLOCAL_P (x); 4023 LABEL_REF_NONLOCAL_P (temp) = LABEL_REF_NONLOCAL_P (x);
2339 return temp; 4024 return temp;
2340 case SYMBOL_REF: 4025 case SYMBOL_REF:
2341 temp = shallow_copy_rtx (x); 4026 temp = shallow_copy_rtx (x);
2342 PUT_MODE (temp, mode); 4027 PUT_MODE (temp, mode);
2364 #endif /* POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED */ 4049 #endif /* POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED */
2365 4050
2366 return x; 4051 return x;
2367 } 4052 }
2368 4053
2369 /* Return an RTX equivalent to the value of the tree expression 4054 /* Map from SSA_NAMEs to corresponding DEBUG_EXPR_DECLs created
2370 EXP. */ 4055 by avoid_deep_ter_for_debug. */
4056
4057 static hash_map<tree, tree> *deep_ter_debug_map;
4058
4059 /* Split too deep TER chains for debug stmts using debug temporaries. */
4060
4061 static void
4062 avoid_deep_ter_for_debug (gimple *stmt, int depth)
4063 {
4064 use_operand_p use_p;
4065 ssa_op_iter iter;
4066 FOR_EACH_SSA_USE_OPERAND (use_p, stmt, iter, SSA_OP_USE)
4067 {
4068 tree use = USE_FROM_PTR (use_p);
4069 if (TREE_CODE (use) != SSA_NAME || SSA_NAME_IS_DEFAULT_DEF (use))
4070 continue;
4071 gimple *g = get_gimple_for_ssa_name (use);
4072 if (g == NULL)
4073 continue;
4074 if (depth > 6 && !stmt_ends_bb_p (g))
4075 {
4076 if (deep_ter_debug_map == NULL)
4077 deep_ter_debug_map = new hash_map<tree, tree>;
4078
4079 tree &vexpr = deep_ter_debug_map->get_or_insert (use);
4080 if (vexpr != NULL)
4081 continue;
4082 vexpr = make_node (DEBUG_EXPR_DECL);
4083 gimple *def_temp = gimple_build_debug_bind (vexpr, use, g);
4084 DECL_ARTIFICIAL (vexpr) = 1;
4085 TREE_TYPE (vexpr) = TREE_TYPE (use);
4086 SET_DECL_MODE (vexpr, TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (use)));
4087 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi = gsi_for_stmt (g);
4088 gsi_insert_after (&gsi, def_temp, GSI_NEW_STMT);
4089 avoid_deep_ter_for_debug (def_temp, 0);
4090 }
4091 else
4092 avoid_deep_ter_for_debug (g, depth + 1);
4093 }
4094 }
4095
4096 /* Return an RTX equivalent to the value of the parameter DECL. */
4097
4098 static rtx
4099 expand_debug_parm_decl (tree decl)
4100 {
4101 rtx incoming = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
4102
4103 if (incoming
4104 && GET_MODE (incoming) != BLKmode
4105 && ((REG_P (incoming) && HARD_REGISTER_P (incoming))
4106 || (MEM_P (incoming)
4107 && REG_P (XEXP (incoming, 0))
4108 && HARD_REGISTER_P (XEXP (incoming, 0)))))
4109 {
4110 rtx rtl = gen_rtx_ENTRY_VALUE (GET_MODE (incoming));
4111
4112 #ifdef HAVE_window_save
4113 /* DECL_INCOMING_RTL uses the INCOMING_REGNO of parameter registers.
4114 If the target machine has an explicit window save instruction, the
4115 actual entry value is the corresponding OUTGOING_REGNO instead. */
4116 if (REG_P (incoming)
4117 && OUTGOING_REGNO (REGNO (incoming)) != REGNO (incoming))
4118 incoming
4119 = gen_rtx_REG_offset (incoming, GET_MODE (incoming),
4120 OUTGOING_REGNO (REGNO (incoming)), 0);
4121 else if (MEM_P (incoming))
4122 {
4123 rtx reg = XEXP (incoming, 0);
4124 if (OUTGOING_REGNO (REGNO (reg)) != REGNO (reg))
4125 {
4126 reg = gen_raw_REG (GET_MODE (reg), OUTGOING_REGNO (REGNO (reg)));
4127 incoming = replace_equiv_address_nv (incoming, reg);
4128 }
4129 else
4130 incoming = copy_rtx (incoming);
4131 }
4132 #endif
4133
4134 ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl) = incoming;
4135 return rtl;
4136 }
4137
4138 if (incoming
4139 && GET_MODE (incoming) != BLKmode
4140 && !TREE_ADDRESSABLE (decl)
4141 && MEM_P (incoming)
4142 && (XEXP (incoming, 0) == virtual_incoming_args_rtx
4143 || (GET_CODE (XEXP (incoming, 0)) == PLUS
4144 && XEXP (XEXP (incoming, 0), 0) == virtual_incoming_args_rtx
4145 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (incoming, 0), 1)))))
4146 return copy_rtx (incoming);
4147
4148 return NULL_RTX;
4149 }
4150
4151 /* Return an RTX equivalent to the value of the tree expression EXP. */
2371 4152
2372 static rtx 4153 static rtx
2373 expand_debug_expr (tree exp) 4154 expand_debug_expr (tree exp)
2374 { 4155 {
2375 rtx op0 = NULL_RTX, op1 = NULL_RTX, op2 = NULL_RTX; 4156 rtx op0 = NULL_RTX, op1 = NULL_RTX, op2 = NULL_RTX;
2376 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)); 4157 machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp));
4158 machine_mode inner_mode = VOIDmode;
2377 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp)); 4159 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp));
2378 addr_space_t as; 4160 addr_space_t as;
4161 scalar_int_mode op0_mode, op1_mode, addr_mode;
2379 4162
2380 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (exp))) 4163 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (exp)))
2381 { 4164 {
2382 case tcc_expression: 4165 case tcc_expression:
2383 switch (TREE_CODE (exp)) 4166 switch (TREE_CODE (exp))
2384 { 4167 {
2385 case COND_EXPR: 4168 case COND_EXPR:
2386 case DOT_PROD_EXPR: 4169 case DOT_PROD_EXPR:
4170 case SAD_EXPR:
2387 case WIDEN_MULT_PLUS_EXPR: 4171 case WIDEN_MULT_PLUS_EXPR:
2388 case WIDEN_MULT_MINUS_EXPR: 4172 case WIDEN_MULT_MINUS_EXPR:
2389 case FMA_EXPR: 4173 case FMA_EXPR:
2390 goto ternary; 4174 goto ternary;
2391 4175
2410 return NULL_RTX; 4194 return NULL_RTX;
2411 /* Fall through. */ 4195 /* Fall through. */
2412 4196
2413 binary: 4197 binary:
2414 case tcc_binary: 4198 case tcc_binary:
2415 case tcc_comparison:
2416 op1 = expand_debug_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); 4199 op1 = expand_debug_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
2417 if (!op1) 4200 if (!op1)
2418 return NULL_RTX; 4201 return NULL_RTX;
4202 switch (TREE_CODE (exp))
4203 {
4204 case LSHIFT_EXPR:
4205 case RSHIFT_EXPR:
4206 case LROTATE_EXPR:
4207 case RROTATE_EXPR:
4208 case WIDEN_LSHIFT_EXPR:
4209 /* Ensure second operand isn't wider than the first one. */
4210 inner_mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)));
4211 if (is_a <scalar_int_mode> (inner_mode, &op1_mode)
4212 && (GET_MODE_UNIT_PRECISION (mode)
4213 < GET_MODE_PRECISION (op1_mode)))
4214 op1 = lowpart_subreg (GET_MODE_INNER (mode), op1, op1_mode);
4215 break;
4216 default:
4217 break;
4218 }
2419 /* Fall through. */ 4219 /* Fall through. */
2420 4220
2421 unary: 4221 unary:
2422 case tcc_unary: 4222 case tcc_unary:
4223 inner_mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)));
2423 op0 = expand_debug_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); 4224 op0 = expand_debug_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
2424 if (!op0) 4225 if (!op0)
2425 return NULL_RTX; 4226 return NULL_RTX;
2426 break; 4227 break;
4228
4229 case tcc_comparison:
4230 unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)));
4231 goto binary;
2427 4232
2428 case tcc_type: 4233 case tcc_type:
2429 case tcc_statement: 4234 case tcc_statement:
2430 gcc_unreachable (); 4235 gcc_unreachable ();
2431 4236
2448 op0 = gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (Pmode, TREE_STRING_POINTER (exp)); 4253 op0 = gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (Pmode, TREE_STRING_POINTER (exp));
2449 op0 = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, op0); 4254 op0 = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, op0);
2450 set_mem_attributes (op0, exp, 0); 4255 set_mem_attributes (op0, exp, 0);
2451 return op0; 4256 return op0;
2452 } 4257 }
2453 /* Fall through... */ 4258 /* Fall through. */
2454 4259
2455 case INTEGER_CST: 4260 case INTEGER_CST:
2456 case REAL_CST: 4261 case REAL_CST:
2457 case FIXED_CST: 4262 case FIXED_CST:
2458 op0 = expand_expr (exp, NULL_RTX, mode, EXPAND_INITIALIZER); 4263 op0 = expand_expr (exp, NULL_RTX, mode, EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
2485 op0 = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (exp); 4290 op0 = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (exp);
2486 4291
2487 /* This decl was probably optimized away. */ 4292 /* This decl was probably optimized away. */
2488 if (!op0) 4293 if (!op0)
2489 { 4294 {
2490 if (TREE_CODE (exp) != VAR_DECL 4295 if (!VAR_P (exp)
2491 || DECL_EXTERNAL (exp) 4296 || DECL_EXTERNAL (exp)
2492 || !TREE_STATIC (exp) 4297 || !TREE_STATIC (exp)
2493 || !DECL_NAME (exp) 4298 || !DECL_NAME (exp)
2494 || DECL_HARD_REGISTER (exp) 4299 || DECL_HARD_REGISTER (exp)
4300 || DECL_IN_CONSTANT_POOL (exp)
2495 || mode == VOIDmode) 4301 || mode == VOIDmode)
2496 return NULL; 4302 return NULL;
2497 4303
2498 op0 = make_decl_rtl_for_debug (exp); 4304 op0 = make_decl_rtl_for_debug (exp);
2499 if (!MEM_P (op0) 4305 if (!MEM_P (op0)
2503 } 4309 }
2504 else 4310 else
2505 op0 = copy_rtx (op0); 4311 op0 = copy_rtx (op0);
2506 4312
2507 if (GET_MODE (op0) == BLKmode 4313 if (GET_MODE (op0) == BLKmode
2508 /* If op0 is not BLKmode, but BLKmode is, adjust_mode 4314 /* If op0 is not BLKmode, but mode is, adjust_mode
2509 below would ICE. While it is likely a FE bug, 4315 below would ICE. While it is likely a FE bug,
2510 try to be robust here. See PR43166. */ 4316 try to be robust here. See PR43166. */
2511 || mode == BLKmode 4317 || mode == BLKmode
2512 || (mode == VOIDmode && GET_MODE (op0) != VOIDmode)) 4318 || (mode == VOIDmode && GET_MODE (op0) != VOIDmode))
2513 { 4319 {
2518 4324
2519 /* Fall through. */ 4325 /* Fall through. */
2520 4326
2521 adjust_mode: 4327 adjust_mode:
2522 case PAREN_EXPR: 4328 case PAREN_EXPR:
2523 case NOP_EXPR: 4329 CASE_CONVERT:
2524 case CONVERT_EXPR:
2525 { 4330 {
2526 enum machine_mode inner_mode = GET_MODE (op0); 4331 inner_mode = GET_MODE (op0);
2527 4332
2528 if (mode == inner_mode) 4333 if (mode == inner_mode)
2529 return op0; 4334 return op0;
2530 4335
2531 if (inner_mode == VOIDmode) 4336 if (inner_mode == VOIDmode)
2538 return op0; 4343 return op0;
2539 } 4344 }
2540 4345
2541 if (FLOAT_MODE_P (mode) && FLOAT_MODE_P (inner_mode)) 4346 if (FLOAT_MODE_P (mode) && FLOAT_MODE_P (inner_mode))
2542 { 4347 {
2543 if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) == GET_MODE_BITSIZE (inner_mode)) 4348 if (GET_MODE_UNIT_BITSIZE (mode)
4349 == GET_MODE_UNIT_BITSIZE (inner_mode))
2544 op0 = simplify_gen_subreg (mode, op0, inner_mode, 0); 4350 op0 = simplify_gen_subreg (mode, op0, inner_mode, 0);
2545 else if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (inner_mode)) 4351 else if (GET_MODE_UNIT_BITSIZE (mode)
4352 < GET_MODE_UNIT_BITSIZE (inner_mode))
2546 op0 = simplify_gen_unary (FLOAT_TRUNCATE, mode, op0, inner_mode); 4353 op0 = simplify_gen_unary (FLOAT_TRUNCATE, mode, op0, inner_mode);
2547 else 4354 else
2548 op0 = simplify_gen_unary (FLOAT_EXTEND, mode, op0, inner_mode); 4355 op0 = simplify_gen_unary (FLOAT_EXTEND, mode, op0, inner_mode);
2549 } 4356 }
2550 else if (FLOAT_MODE_P (mode)) 4357 else if (FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
2560 if (unsignedp) 4367 if (unsignedp)
2561 op0 = simplify_gen_unary (UNSIGNED_FIX, mode, op0, inner_mode); 4368 op0 = simplify_gen_unary (UNSIGNED_FIX, mode, op0, inner_mode);
2562 else 4369 else
2563 op0 = simplify_gen_unary (FIX, mode, op0, inner_mode); 4370 op0 = simplify_gen_unary (FIX, mode, op0, inner_mode);
2564 } 4371 }
2565 else if (CONSTANT_P (op0) 4372 else if (GET_MODE_UNIT_PRECISION (mode)
2566 || GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (inner_mode)) 4373 == GET_MODE_UNIT_PRECISION (inner_mode))
2567 op0 = simplify_gen_subreg (mode, op0, inner_mode, 4374 op0 = lowpart_subreg (mode, op0, inner_mode);
2568 subreg_lowpart_offset (mode, 4375 else if (GET_MODE_UNIT_PRECISION (mode)
2569 inner_mode)); 4376 < GET_MODE_UNIT_PRECISION (inner_mode))
2570 else if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (exp)) == tcc_unary 4377 op0 = simplify_gen_unary (TRUNCATE, mode, op0, inner_mode);
4378 else if (UNARY_CLASS_P (exp)
2571 ? TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) 4379 ? TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))
2572 : unsignedp) 4380 : unsignedp)
2573 op0 = gen_rtx_ZERO_EXTEND (mode, op0); 4381 op0 = simplify_gen_unary (ZERO_EXTEND, mode, op0, inner_mode);
2574 else 4382 else
2575 op0 = gen_rtx_SIGN_EXTEND (mode, op0); 4383 op0 = simplify_gen_unary (SIGN_EXTEND, mode, op0, inner_mode);
2576 4384
2577 return op0; 4385 return op0;
2578 } 4386 }
2579 4387
2580 case MEM_REF: 4388 case MEM_REF:
2586 if (newexp) 4394 if (newexp)
2587 return expand_debug_expr (newexp); 4395 return expand_debug_expr (newexp);
2588 } 4396 }
2589 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 4397 /* FALLTHROUGH */
2590 case INDIRECT_REF: 4398 case INDIRECT_REF:
4399 inner_mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)));
2591 op0 = expand_debug_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); 4400 op0 = expand_debug_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
2592 if (!op0) 4401 if (!op0)
2593 return NULL; 4402 return NULL;
2594 4403
2595 if (TREE_CODE (exp) == MEM_REF) 4404 if (TREE_CODE (exp) == MEM_REF)
2603 4412
2604 op1 = expand_debug_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); 4413 op1 = expand_debug_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
2605 if (!op1 || !CONST_INT_P (op1)) 4414 if (!op1 || !CONST_INT_P (op1))
2606 return NULL; 4415 return NULL;
2607 4416
2608 op0 = plus_constant (op0, INTVAL (op1)); 4417 op0 = plus_constant (inner_mode, op0, INTVAL (op1));
2609 } 4418 }
2610 4419
2611 if (POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp))) 4420 as = TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))));
2612 as = TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp)));
2613 else
2614 as = ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC;
2615 4421
2616 op0 = convert_debug_memory_address (targetm.addr_space.address_mode (as), 4422 op0 = convert_debug_memory_address (targetm.addr_space.address_mode (as),
2617 op0, as); 4423 op0, as);
2618 if (op0 == NULL_RTX) 4424 if (op0 == NULL_RTX)
2619 return NULL; 4425 return NULL;
2635 op0 = expand_debug_expr 4441 op0 = expand_debug_expr
2636 (tree_mem_ref_addr (build_pointer_type (TREE_TYPE (exp)), exp)); 4442 (tree_mem_ref_addr (build_pointer_type (TREE_TYPE (exp)), exp));
2637 if (!op0) 4443 if (!op0)
2638 return NULL; 4444 return NULL;
2639 4445
2640 if (POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp))) 4446 as = TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))));
2641 as = TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp)));
2642 else
2643 as = ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC;
2644
2645 op0 = convert_debug_memory_address (targetm.addr_space.address_mode (as), 4447 op0 = convert_debug_memory_address (targetm.addr_space.address_mode (as),
2646 op0, as); 4448 op0, as);
2647 if (op0 == NULL_RTX) 4449 if (op0 == NULL_RTX)
2648 return NULL; 4450 return NULL;
2649 4451
2661 case BIT_FIELD_REF: 4463 case BIT_FIELD_REF:
2662 case REALPART_EXPR: 4464 case REALPART_EXPR:
2663 case IMAGPART_EXPR: 4465 case IMAGPART_EXPR:
2664 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR: 4466 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
2665 { 4467 {
2666 enum machine_mode mode1; 4468 machine_mode mode1;
2667 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos; 4469 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos;
2668 tree offset; 4470 tree offset;
2669 int volatilep = 0; 4471 int reversep, volatilep = 0;
2670 tree tem = get_inner_reference (exp, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, 4472 tree tem
2671 &mode1, &unsignedp, &volatilep, false); 4473 = get_inner_reference (exp, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode1,
4474 &unsignedp, &reversep, &volatilep);
2672 rtx orig_op0; 4475 rtx orig_op0;
2673 4476
2674 if (bitsize == 0) 4477 if (bitsize == 0)
2675 return NULL; 4478 return NULL;
2676 4479
2679 if (!op0) 4482 if (!op0)
2680 return NULL; 4483 return NULL;
2681 4484
2682 if (offset) 4485 if (offset)
2683 { 4486 {
2684 enum machine_mode addrmode, offmode; 4487 machine_mode addrmode, offmode;
2685 4488
2686 if (!MEM_P (op0)) 4489 if (!MEM_P (op0))
2687 return NULL; 4490 return NULL;
2688 4491
2689 op0 = XEXP (op0, 0); 4492 op0 = XEXP (op0, 0);
2698 offmode = GET_MODE (op1); 4501 offmode = GET_MODE (op1);
2699 if (offmode == VOIDmode) 4502 if (offmode == VOIDmode)
2700 offmode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (offset)); 4503 offmode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (offset));
2701 4504
2702 if (addrmode != offmode) 4505 if (addrmode != offmode)
2703 op1 = simplify_gen_subreg (addrmode, op1, offmode, 4506 op1 = lowpart_subreg (addrmode, op1, offmode);
2704 subreg_lowpart_offset (addrmode,
2705 offmode));
2706 4507
2707 /* Don't use offset_address here, we don't need a 4508 /* Don't use offset_address here, we don't need a
2708 recognizable address, and we don't want to generate 4509 recognizable address, and we don't want to generate
2709 code. */ 4510 code. */
2710 op0 = gen_rtx_MEM (mode, gen_rtx_PLUS (addrmode, op0, op1)); 4511 op0 = gen_rtx_MEM (mode, simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, addrmode,
4512 op0, op1));
2711 } 4513 }
2712 4514
2713 if (MEM_P (op0)) 4515 if (MEM_P (op0))
2714 { 4516 {
2715 if (mode1 == VOIDmode) 4517 if (mode1 == VOIDmode)
2716 /* Bitfield. */ 4518 /* Bitfield. */
2717 mode1 = smallest_mode_for_size (bitsize, MODE_INT); 4519 mode1 = smallest_int_mode_for_size (bitsize);
2718 if (bitpos >= BITS_PER_UNIT) 4520 if (bitpos >= BITS_PER_UNIT)
2719 { 4521 {
2720 op0 = adjust_address_nv (op0, mode1, bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT); 4522 op0 = adjust_address_nv (op0, mode1, bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT);
2721 bitpos %= BITS_PER_UNIT; 4523 bitpos %= BITS_PER_UNIT;
2722 } 4524 }
2723 else if (bitpos < 0) 4525 else if (bitpos < 0)
2724 { 4526 {
2725 HOST_WIDE_INT units 4527 HOST_WIDE_INT units
2726 = (-bitpos + BITS_PER_UNIT - 1) / BITS_PER_UNIT; 4528 = (-bitpos + BITS_PER_UNIT - 1) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
2727 op0 = adjust_address_nv (op0, mode1, units); 4529 op0 = adjust_address_nv (op0, mode1, -units);
2728 bitpos += units * BITS_PER_UNIT; 4530 bitpos += units * BITS_PER_UNIT;
2729 } 4531 }
2730 else if (bitpos == 0 && bitsize == GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode)) 4532 else if (bitpos == 0 && bitsize == GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode))
2731 op0 = adjust_address_nv (op0, mode, 0); 4533 op0 = adjust_address_nv (op0, mode, 0);
2732 else if (GET_MODE (op0) != mode1) 4534 else if (GET_MODE (op0) != mode1)
2748 return NULL; 4550 return NULL;
2749 4551
2750 if ((bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT) == 0 4552 if ((bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT) == 0
2751 && bitsize == GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode1)) 4553 && bitsize == GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode1))
2752 { 4554 {
2753 enum machine_mode opmode = GET_MODE (op0); 4555 machine_mode opmode = GET_MODE (op0);
2754 4556
2755 if (opmode == VOIDmode) 4557 if (opmode == VOIDmode)
2756 opmode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (tem)); 4558 opmode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (tem));
2757 4559
2758 /* This condition may hold if we're expanding the address 4560 /* This condition may hold if we're expanding the address
2778 : TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (tem)), 4580 : TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (tem)),
2779 op0, GEN_INT (bitsize), GEN_INT (bitpos)); 4581 op0, GEN_INT (bitsize), GEN_INT (bitpos));
2780 } 4582 }
2781 4583
2782 case ABS_EXPR: 4584 case ABS_EXPR:
2783 return gen_rtx_ABS (mode, op0); 4585 return simplify_gen_unary (ABS, mode, op0, mode);
2784 4586
2785 case NEGATE_EXPR: 4587 case NEGATE_EXPR:
2786 return gen_rtx_NEG (mode, op0); 4588 return simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode, op0, mode);
2787 4589
2788 case BIT_NOT_EXPR: 4590 case BIT_NOT_EXPR:
2789 return gen_rtx_NOT (mode, op0); 4591 return simplify_gen_unary (NOT, mode, op0, mode);
2790 4592
2791 case FLOAT_EXPR: 4593 case FLOAT_EXPR:
2792 if (unsignedp) 4594 return simplify_gen_unary (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp,
2793 return gen_rtx_UNSIGNED_FLOAT (mode, op0); 4595 0)))
2794 else 4596 ? UNSIGNED_FLOAT : FLOAT, mode, op0,
2795 return gen_rtx_FLOAT (mode, op0); 4597 inner_mode);
2796 4598
2797 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR: 4599 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR:
2798 if (unsignedp) 4600 return simplify_gen_unary (unsignedp ? UNSIGNED_FIX : FIX, mode, op0,
2799 return gen_rtx_UNSIGNED_FIX (mode, op0); 4601 inner_mode);
2800 else
2801 return gen_rtx_FIX (mode, op0);
2802 4602
2803 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR: 4603 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
2804 /* For the rare target where pointers are not the same size as 4604 /* For the rare target where pointers are not the same size as
2805 size_t, we need to check for mis-matched modes and correct 4605 size_t, we need to check for mis-matched modes and correct
2806 the addend. */ 4606 the addend. */
2807 if (op0 && op1 4607 if (op0 && op1
2808 && GET_MODE (op0) != VOIDmode && GET_MODE (op1) != VOIDmode 4608 && is_a <scalar_int_mode> (GET_MODE (op0), &op0_mode)
2809 && GET_MODE (op0) != GET_MODE (op1)) 4609 && is_a <scalar_int_mode> (GET_MODE (op1), &op1_mode)
2810 { 4610 && op0_mode != op1_mode)
2811 if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op0)) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op1))) 4611 {
2812 op1 = gen_rtx_TRUNCATE (GET_MODE (op0), op1); 4612 if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (op0_mode) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (op1_mode)
4613 /* If OP0 is a partial mode, then we must truncate, even
4614 if it has the same bitsize as OP1 as GCC's
4615 representation of partial modes is opaque. */
4616 || (GET_MODE_CLASS (op0_mode) == MODE_PARTIAL_INT
4617 && (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (op0_mode)
4618 == GET_MODE_BITSIZE (op1_mode))))
4619 op1 = simplify_gen_unary (TRUNCATE, op0_mode, op1, op1_mode);
2813 else 4620 else
2814 /* We always sign-extend, regardless of the signedness of 4621 /* We always sign-extend, regardless of the signedness of
2815 the operand, because the operand is always unsigned 4622 the operand, because the operand is always unsigned
2816 here even if the original C expression is signed. */ 4623 here even if the original C expression is signed. */
2817 op1 = gen_rtx_SIGN_EXTEND (GET_MODE (op0), op1); 4624 op1 = simplify_gen_unary (SIGN_EXTEND, op0_mode, op1, op1_mode);
2818 } 4625 }
2819 /* Fall through. */ 4626 /* Fall through. */
2820 case PLUS_EXPR: 4627 case PLUS_EXPR:
2821 return gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, op0, op1); 4628 return simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, mode, op0, op1);
2822 4629
2823 case MINUS_EXPR: 4630 case MINUS_EXPR:
2824 return gen_rtx_MINUS (mode, op0, op1); 4631 return simplify_gen_binary (MINUS, mode, op0, op1);
2825 4632
2826 case MULT_EXPR: 4633 case MULT_EXPR:
2827 return gen_rtx_MULT (mode, op0, op1); 4634 return simplify_gen_binary (MULT, mode, op0, op1);
2828 4635
2829 case RDIV_EXPR: 4636 case RDIV_EXPR:
2830 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR: 4637 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
2831 case EXACT_DIV_EXPR: 4638 case EXACT_DIV_EXPR:
2832 if (unsignedp) 4639 if (unsignedp)
2833 return gen_rtx_UDIV (mode, op0, op1); 4640 return simplify_gen_binary (UDIV, mode, op0, op1);
2834 else 4641 else
2835 return gen_rtx_DIV (mode, op0, op1); 4642 return simplify_gen_binary (DIV, mode, op0, op1);
2836 4643
2837 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR: 4644 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
2838 if (unsignedp) 4645 return simplify_gen_binary (unsignedp ? UMOD : MOD, mode, op0, op1);
2839 return gen_rtx_UMOD (mode, op0, op1);
2840 else
2841 return gen_rtx_MOD (mode, op0, op1);
2842 4646
2843 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR: 4647 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR:
2844 if (unsignedp) 4648 if (unsignedp)
2845 return gen_rtx_UDIV (mode, op0, op1); 4649 return simplify_gen_binary (UDIV, mode, op0, op1);
2846 else 4650 else
2847 { 4651 {
2848 rtx div = gen_rtx_DIV (mode, op0, op1); 4652 rtx div = simplify_gen_binary (DIV, mode, op0, op1);
2849 rtx mod = gen_rtx_MOD (mode, op0, op1); 4653 rtx mod = simplify_gen_binary (MOD, mode, op0, op1);
2850 rtx adj = floor_sdiv_adjust (mode, mod, op1); 4654 rtx adj = floor_sdiv_adjust (mode, mod, op1);
2851 return gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, div, adj); 4655 return simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, mode, div, adj);
2852 } 4656 }
2853 4657
2854 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR: 4658 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR:
2855 if (unsignedp) 4659 if (unsignedp)
2856 return gen_rtx_UMOD (mode, op0, op1); 4660 return simplify_gen_binary (UMOD, mode, op0, op1);
2857 else 4661 else
2858 { 4662 {
2859 rtx mod = gen_rtx_MOD (mode, op0, op1); 4663 rtx mod = simplify_gen_binary (MOD, mode, op0, op1);
2860 rtx adj = floor_sdiv_adjust (mode, mod, op1); 4664 rtx adj = floor_sdiv_adjust (mode, mod, op1);
2861 adj = gen_rtx_NEG (mode, gen_rtx_MULT (mode, adj, op1)); 4665 adj = simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode,
2862 return gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, mod, adj); 4666 simplify_gen_binary (MULT, mode, adj, op1),
4667 mode);
4668 return simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, mode, mod, adj);
2863 } 4669 }
2864 4670
2865 case CEIL_DIV_EXPR: 4671 case CEIL_DIV_EXPR:
2866 if (unsignedp) 4672 if (unsignedp)
2867 { 4673 {
2868 rtx div = gen_rtx_UDIV (mode, op0, op1); 4674 rtx div = simplify_gen_binary (UDIV, mode, op0, op1);
2869 rtx mod = gen_rtx_UMOD (mode, op0, op1); 4675 rtx mod = simplify_gen_binary (UMOD, mode, op0, op1);
2870 rtx adj = ceil_udiv_adjust (mode, mod, op1); 4676 rtx adj = ceil_udiv_adjust (mode, mod, op1);
2871 return gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, div, adj); 4677 return simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, mode, div, adj);
2872 } 4678 }
2873 else 4679 else
2874 { 4680 {
2875 rtx div = gen_rtx_DIV (mode, op0, op1); 4681 rtx div = simplify_gen_binary (DIV, mode, op0, op1);
2876 rtx mod = gen_rtx_MOD (mode, op0, op1); 4682 rtx mod = simplify_gen_binary (MOD, mode, op0, op1);
2877 rtx adj = ceil_sdiv_adjust (mode, mod, op1); 4683 rtx adj = ceil_sdiv_adjust (mode, mod, op1);
2878 return gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, div, adj); 4684 return simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, mode, div, adj);
2879 } 4685 }
2880 4686
2881 case CEIL_MOD_EXPR: 4687 case CEIL_MOD_EXPR:
2882 if (unsignedp) 4688 if (unsignedp)
2883 { 4689 {
2884 rtx mod = gen_rtx_UMOD (mode, op0, op1); 4690 rtx mod = simplify_gen_binary (UMOD, mode, op0, op1);
2885 rtx adj = ceil_udiv_adjust (mode, mod, op1); 4691 rtx adj = ceil_udiv_adjust (mode, mod, op1);
2886 adj = gen_rtx_NEG (mode, gen_rtx_MULT (mode, adj, op1)); 4692 adj = simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode,
2887 return gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, mod, adj); 4693 simplify_gen_binary (MULT, mode, adj, op1),
4694 mode);
4695 return simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, mode, mod, adj);
2888 } 4696 }
2889 else 4697 else
2890 { 4698 {
2891 rtx mod = gen_rtx_MOD (mode, op0, op1); 4699 rtx mod = simplify_gen_binary (MOD, mode, op0, op1);
2892 rtx adj = ceil_sdiv_adjust (mode, mod, op1); 4700 rtx adj = ceil_sdiv_adjust (mode, mod, op1);
2893 adj = gen_rtx_NEG (mode, gen_rtx_MULT (mode, adj, op1)); 4701 adj = simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode,
2894 return gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, mod, adj); 4702 simplify_gen_binary (MULT, mode, adj, op1),
4703 mode);
4704 return simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, mode, mod, adj);
2895 } 4705 }
2896 4706
2897 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR: 4707 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR:
2898 if (unsignedp) 4708 if (unsignedp)
2899 { 4709 {
2900 rtx div = gen_rtx_UDIV (mode, op0, op1); 4710 rtx div = simplify_gen_binary (UDIV, mode, op0, op1);
2901 rtx mod = gen_rtx_UMOD (mode, op0, op1); 4711 rtx mod = simplify_gen_binary (UMOD, mode, op0, op1);
2902 rtx adj = round_udiv_adjust (mode, mod, op1); 4712 rtx adj = round_udiv_adjust (mode, mod, op1);
2903 return gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, div, adj); 4713 return simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, mode, div, adj);
2904 } 4714 }
2905 else 4715 else
2906 { 4716 {
2907 rtx div = gen_rtx_DIV (mode, op0, op1); 4717 rtx div = simplify_gen_binary (DIV, mode, op0, op1);
2908 rtx mod = gen_rtx_MOD (mode, op0, op1); 4718 rtx mod = simplify_gen_binary (MOD, mode, op0, op1);
2909 rtx adj = round_sdiv_adjust (mode, mod, op1); 4719 rtx adj = round_sdiv_adjust (mode, mod, op1);
2910 return gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, div, adj); 4720 return simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, mode, div, adj);
2911 } 4721 }
2912 4722
2913 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR: 4723 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR:
2914 if (unsignedp) 4724 if (unsignedp)
2915 { 4725 {
2916 rtx mod = gen_rtx_UMOD (mode, op0, op1); 4726 rtx mod = simplify_gen_binary (UMOD, mode, op0, op1);
2917 rtx adj = round_udiv_adjust (mode, mod, op1); 4727 rtx adj = round_udiv_adjust (mode, mod, op1);
2918 adj = gen_rtx_NEG (mode, gen_rtx_MULT (mode, adj, op1)); 4728 adj = simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode,
2919 return gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, mod, adj); 4729 simplify_gen_binary (MULT, mode, adj, op1),
4730 mode);
4731 return simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, mode, mod, adj);
2920 } 4732 }
2921 else 4733 else
2922 { 4734 {
2923 rtx mod = gen_rtx_MOD (mode, op0, op1); 4735 rtx mod = simplify_gen_binary (MOD, mode, op0, op1);
2924 rtx adj = round_sdiv_adjust (mode, mod, op1); 4736 rtx adj = round_sdiv_adjust (mode, mod, op1);
2925 adj = gen_rtx_NEG (mode, gen_rtx_MULT (mode, adj, op1)); 4737 adj = simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode,
2926 return gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, mod, adj); 4738 simplify_gen_binary (MULT, mode, adj, op1),
4739 mode);
4740 return simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, mode, mod, adj);
2927 } 4741 }
2928 4742
2929 case LSHIFT_EXPR: 4743 case LSHIFT_EXPR:
2930 return gen_rtx_ASHIFT (mode, op0, op1); 4744 return simplify_gen_binary (ASHIFT, mode, op0, op1);
2931 4745
2932 case RSHIFT_EXPR: 4746 case RSHIFT_EXPR:
2933 if (unsignedp) 4747 if (unsignedp)
2934 return gen_rtx_LSHIFTRT (mode, op0, op1); 4748 return simplify_gen_binary (LSHIFTRT, mode, op0, op1);
2935 else 4749 else
2936 return gen_rtx_ASHIFTRT (mode, op0, op1); 4750 return simplify_gen_binary (ASHIFTRT, mode, op0, op1);
2937 4751
2938 case LROTATE_EXPR: 4752 case LROTATE_EXPR:
2939 return gen_rtx_ROTATE (mode, op0, op1); 4753 return simplify_gen_binary (ROTATE, mode, op0, op1);
2940 4754
2941 case RROTATE_EXPR: 4755 case RROTATE_EXPR:
2942 return gen_rtx_ROTATERT (mode, op0, op1); 4756 return simplify_gen_binary (ROTATERT, mode, op0, op1);
2943 4757
2944 case MIN_EXPR: 4758 case MIN_EXPR:
2945 if (unsignedp) 4759 return simplify_gen_binary (unsignedp ? UMIN : SMIN, mode, op0, op1);
2946 return gen_rtx_UMIN (mode, op0, op1);
2947 else
2948 return gen_rtx_SMIN (mode, op0, op1);
2949 4760
2950 case MAX_EXPR: 4761 case MAX_EXPR:
2951 if (unsignedp) 4762 return simplify_gen_binary (unsignedp ? UMAX : SMAX, mode, op0, op1);
2952 return gen_rtx_UMAX (mode, op0, op1);
2953 else
2954 return gen_rtx_SMAX (mode, op0, op1);
2955 4763
2956 case BIT_AND_EXPR: 4764 case BIT_AND_EXPR:
2957 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR: 4765 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR:
2958 return gen_rtx_AND (mode, op0, op1); 4766 return simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode, op0, op1);
2959 4767
2960 case BIT_IOR_EXPR: 4768 case BIT_IOR_EXPR:
2961 case TRUTH_OR_EXPR: 4769 case TRUTH_OR_EXPR:
2962 return gen_rtx_IOR (mode, op0, op1); 4770 return simplify_gen_binary (IOR, mode, op0, op1);
2963 4771
2964 case BIT_XOR_EXPR: 4772 case BIT_XOR_EXPR:
2965 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR: 4773 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR:
2966 return gen_rtx_XOR (mode, op0, op1); 4774 return simplify_gen_binary (XOR, mode, op0, op1);
2967 4775
2968 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR: 4776 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
2969 return gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE (mode, op0, op1, const0_rtx); 4777 return gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE (mode, op0, op1, const0_rtx);
2970 4778
2971 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR: 4779 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
2972 return gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE (mode, op0, const_true_rtx, op1); 4780 return gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE (mode, op0, const_true_rtx, op1);
2973 4781
2974 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR: 4782 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
2975 return gen_rtx_EQ (mode, op0, const0_rtx); 4783 return simplify_gen_relational (EQ, mode, inner_mode, op0, const0_rtx);
2976 4784
2977 case LT_EXPR: 4785 case LT_EXPR:
2978 if (unsignedp) 4786 return simplify_gen_relational (unsignedp ? LTU : LT, mode, inner_mode,
2979 return gen_rtx_LTU (mode, op0, op1); 4787 op0, op1);
2980 else
2981 return gen_rtx_LT (mode, op0, op1);
2982 4788
2983 case LE_EXPR: 4789 case LE_EXPR:
2984 if (unsignedp) 4790 return simplify_gen_relational (unsignedp ? LEU : LE, mode, inner_mode,
2985 return gen_rtx_LEU (mode, op0, op1); 4791 op0, op1);
2986 else
2987 return gen_rtx_LE (mode, op0, op1);
2988 4792
2989 case GT_EXPR: 4793 case GT_EXPR:
2990 if (unsignedp) 4794 return simplify_gen_relational (unsignedp ? GTU : GT, mode, inner_mode,
2991 return gen_rtx_GTU (mode, op0, op1); 4795 op0, op1);
2992 else
2993 return gen_rtx_GT (mode, op0, op1);
2994 4796
2995 case GE_EXPR: 4797 case GE_EXPR:
2996 if (unsignedp) 4798 return simplify_gen_relational (unsignedp ? GEU : GE, mode, inner_mode,
2997 return gen_rtx_GEU (mode, op0, op1); 4799 op0, op1);
2998 else
2999 return gen_rtx_GE (mode, op0, op1);
3000 4800
3001 case EQ_EXPR: 4801 case EQ_EXPR:
3002 return gen_rtx_EQ (mode, op0, op1); 4802 return simplify_gen_relational (EQ, mode, inner_mode, op0, op1);
3003 4803
3004 case NE_EXPR: 4804 case NE_EXPR:
3005 return gen_rtx_NE (mode, op0, op1); 4805 return simplify_gen_relational (NE, mode, inner_mode, op0, op1);
3006 4806
3007 case UNORDERED_EXPR: 4807 case UNORDERED_EXPR:
3008 return gen_rtx_UNORDERED (mode, op0, op1); 4808 return simplify_gen_relational (UNORDERED, mode, inner_mode, op0, op1);
3009 4809
3010 case ORDERED_EXPR: 4810 case ORDERED_EXPR:
3011 return gen_rtx_ORDERED (mode, op0, op1); 4811 return simplify_gen_relational (ORDERED, mode, inner_mode, op0, op1);
3012 4812
3013 case UNLT_EXPR: 4813 case UNLT_EXPR:
3014 return gen_rtx_UNLT (mode, op0, op1); 4814 return simplify_gen_relational (UNLT, mode, inner_mode, op0, op1);
3015 4815
3016 case UNLE_EXPR: 4816 case UNLE_EXPR:
3017 return gen_rtx_UNLE (mode, op0, op1); 4817 return simplify_gen_relational (UNLE, mode, inner_mode, op0, op1);
3018 4818
3019 case UNGT_EXPR: 4819 case UNGT_EXPR:
3020 return gen_rtx_UNGT (mode, op0, op1); 4820 return simplify_gen_relational (UNGT, mode, inner_mode, op0, op1);
3021 4821
3022 case UNGE_EXPR: 4822 case UNGE_EXPR:
3023 return gen_rtx_UNGE (mode, op0, op1); 4823 return simplify_gen_relational (UNGE, mode, inner_mode, op0, op1);
3024 4824
3025 case UNEQ_EXPR: 4825 case UNEQ_EXPR:
3026 return gen_rtx_UNEQ (mode, op0, op1); 4826 return simplify_gen_relational (UNEQ, mode, inner_mode, op0, op1);
3027 4827
3028 case LTGT_EXPR: 4828 case LTGT_EXPR:
3029 return gen_rtx_LTGT (mode, op0, op1); 4829 return simplify_gen_relational (LTGT, mode, inner_mode, op0, op1);
3030 4830
3031 case COND_EXPR: 4831 case COND_EXPR:
3032 return gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE (mode, op0, op1, op2); 4832 return gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE (mode, op0, op1, op2);
3033 4833
3034 case COMPLEX_EXPR: 4834 case COMPLEX_EXPR:
3040 return gen_rtx_CONCAT (mode, op0, op1); 4840 return gen_rtx_CONCAT (mode, op0, op1);
3041 4841
3042 case CONJ_EXPR: 4842 case CONJ_EXPR:
3043 if (GET_CODE (op0) == CONCAT) 4843 if (GET_CODE (op0) == CONCAT)
3044 return gen_rtx_CONCAT (mode, XEXP (op0, 0), 4844 return gen_rtx_CONCAT (mode, XEXP (op0, 0),
3045 gen_rtx_NEG (GET_MODE_INNER (mode), 4845 simplify_gen_unary (NEG, GET_MODE_INNER (mode),
3046 XEXP (op0, 1))); 4846 XEXP (op0, 1),
4847 GET_MODE_INNER (mode)));
3047 else 4848 else
3048 { 4849 {
3049 enum machine_mode imode = GET_MODE_INNER (mode); 4850 scalar_mode imode = GET_MODE_INNER (mode);
3050 rtx re, im; 4851 rtx re, im;
3051 4852
3052 if (MEM_P (op0)) 4853 if (MEM_P (op0))
3053 { 4854 {
3054 re = adjust_address_nv (op0, imode, 0); 4855 re = adjust_address_nv (op0, imode, 0);
3055 im = adjust_address_nv (op0, imode, GET_MODE_SIZE (imode)); 4856 im = adjust_address_nv (op0, imode, GET_MODE_SIZE (imode));
3056 } 4857 }
3057 else 4858 else
3058 { 4859 {
3059 enum machine_mode ifmode = int_mode_for_mode (mode); 4860 scalar_int_mode ifmode;
3060 enum machine_mode ihmode = int_mode_for_mode (imode); 4861 scalar_int_mode ihmode;
3061 rtx halfsize; 4862 rtx halfsize;
3062 if (ifmode == BLKmode || ihmode == BLKmode) 4863 if (!int_mode_for_mode (mode).exists (&ifmode)
4864 || !int_mode_for_mode (imode).exists (&ihmode))
3063 return NULL; 4865 return NULL;
3064 halfsize = GEN_INT (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (ihmode)); 4866 halfsize = GEN_INT (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (ihmode));
3065 re = op0; 4867 re = op0;
3066 if (mode != ifmode) 4868 if (mode != ifmode)
3067 re = gen_rtx_SUBREG (ifmode, re, 0); 4869 re = gen_rtx_SUBREG (ifmode, re, 0);
3084 if (!op0 || !MEM_P (op0)) 4886 if (!op0 || !MEM_P (op0))
3085 { 4887 {
3086 if ((TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == VAR_DECL 4888 if ((TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == VAR_DECL
3087 || TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == PARM_DECL 4889 || TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == PARM_DECL
3088 || TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == RESULT_DECL) 4890 || TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == RESULT_DECL)
3089 && !TREE_ADDRESSABLE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) 4891 && (!TREE_ADDRESSABLE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))
4892 || target_for_debug_bind (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))))
3090 return gen_rtx_DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR (mode, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); 4893 return gen_rtx_DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR (mode, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
3091 4894
3092 if (handled_component_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) 4895 if (handled_component_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))
3093 { 4896 {
3094 HOST_WIDE_INT bitoffset, bitsize, maxsize; 4897 HOST_WIDE_INT bitoffset, bitsize, maxsize;
4898 bool reverse;
3095 tree decl 4899 tree decl
3096 = get_ref_base_and_extent (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 4900 = get_ref_base_and_extent (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), &bitoffset,
3097 &bitoffset, &bitsize, &maxsize); 4901 &bitsize, &maxsize, &reverse);
3098 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL 4902 if ((VAR_P (decl)
3099 || TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL 4903 || TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL
3100 || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL) 4904 || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL)
3101 && !TREE_ADDRESSABLE (decl) 4905 && (!TREE_ADDRESSABLE (decl)
4906 || target_for_debug_bind (decl))
3102 && (bitoffset % BITS_PER_UNIT) == 0 4907 && (bitoffset % BITS_PER_UNIT) == 0
3103 && bitsize > 0 4908 && bitsize > 0
3104 && bitsize == maxsize) 4909 && bitsize == maxsize)
3105 return plus_constant (gen_rtx_DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR (mode, decl), 4910 {
3106 bitoffset / BITS_PER_UNIT); 4911 rtx base = gen_rtx_DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR (mode, decl);
4912 return plus_constant (mode, base, bitoffset / BITS_PER_UNIT);
4913 }
3107 } 4914 }
3108 4915
4916 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == MEM_REF
4917 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))
4918 == ADDR_EXPR)
4919 {
4920 op0 = expand_debug_expr (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0),
4921 0));
4922 if (op0 != NULL
4923 && (GET_CODE (op0) == DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR
4924 || (GET_CODE (op0) == PLUS
4925 && GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 0)) == DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR
4926 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (op0, 1)))))
4927 {
4928 op1 = expand_debug_expr (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0),
4929 1));
4930 if (!op1 || !CONST_INT_P (op1))
4931 return NULL;
4932
4933 return plus_constant (mode, op0, INTVAL (op1));
4934 }
4935 }
4936
3109 return NULL; 4937 return NULL;
3110 } 4938 }
3111 4939
3112 as = TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (exp)); 4940 as = TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp)));
3113 op0 = convert_debug_memory_address (mode, XEXP (op0, 0), as); 4941 addr_mode = SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp));
4942 op0 = convert_debug_memory_address (addr_mode, XEXP (op0, 0), as);
3114 4943
3115 return op0; 4944 return op0;
3116 4945
3117 case VECTOR_CST: 4946 case VECTOR_CST:
3118 exp = build_constructor_from_list (TREE_TYPE (exp), 4947 {
3119 TREE_VECTOR_CST_ELTS (exp)); 4948 unsigned i, nelts;
3120 /* Fall through. */ 4949
4950 nelts = VECTOR_CST_NELTS (exp);
4951 op0 = gen_rtx_CONCATN (mode, rtvec_alloc (nelts));
4952
4953 for (i = 0; i < nelts; ++i)
4954 {
4955 op1 = expand_debug_expr (VECTOR_CST_ELT (exp, i));
4956 if (!op1)
4957 return NULL;
4958 XVECEXP (op0, 0, i) = op1;
4959 }
4960
4961 return op0;
4962 }
3121 4963
3122 case CONSTRUCTOR: 4964 case CONSTRUCTOR:
3123 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == VECTOR_TYPE) 4965 if (TREE_CLOBBER_P (exp))
4966 return NULL;
4967 else if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == VECTOR_TYPE)
3124 { 4968 {
3125 unsigned i; 4969 unsigned i;
3126 tree val; 4970 tree val;
3127 4971
3128 op0 = gen_rtx_CONCATN 4972 op0 = gen_rtx_CONCATN
3157 /* ??? Maybe handle some builtins? */ 5001 /* ??? Maybe handle some builtins? */
3158 return NULL; 5002 return NULL;
3159 5003
3160 case SSA_NAME: 5004 case SSA_NAME:
3161 { 5005 {
3162 gimple g = get_gimple_for_ssa_name (exp); 5006 gimple *g = get_gimple_for_ssa_name (exp);
3163 if (g) 5007 if (g)
3164 { 5008 {
3165 op0 = expand_debug_expr (gimple_assign_rhs_to_tree (g)); 5009 tree t = NULL_TREE;
5010 if (deep_ter_debug_map)
5011 {
5012 tree *slot = deep_ter_debug_map->get (exp);
5013 if (slot)
5014 t = *slot;
5015 }
5016 if (t == NULL_TREE)
5017 t = gimple_assign_rhs_to_tree (g);
5018 op0 = expand_debug_expr (t);
3166 if (!op0) 5019 if (!op0)
3167 return NULL; 5020 return NULL;
3168 } 5021 }
3169 else 5022 else
3170 { 5023 {
5024 /* If this is a reference to an incoming value of
5025 parameter that is never used in the code or where the
5026 incoming value is never used in the code, use
5027 PARM_DECL's DECL_RTL if set. */
5028 if (SSA_NAME_IS_DEFAULT_DEF (exp)
5029 && SSA_NAME_VAR (exp)
5030 && TREE_CODE (SSA_NAME_VAR (exp)) == PARM_DECL
5031 && has_zero_uses (exp))
5032 {
5033 op0 = expand_debug_parm_decl (SSA_NAME_VAR (exp));
5034 if (op0)
5035 goto adjust_mode;
5036 op0 = expand_debug_expr (SSA_NAME_VAR (exp));
5037 if (op0)
5038 goto adjust_mode;
5039 }
5040
3171 int part = var_to_partition (SA.map, exp); 5041 int part = var_to_partition (SA.map, exp);
3172 5042
3173 if (part == NO_PARTITION) 5043 if (part == NO_PARTITION)
3174 return NULL; 5044 return NULL;
3175 5045
3187 case REALIGN_LOAD_EXPR: 5057 case REALIGN_LOAD_EXPR:
3188 case REDUC_MAX_EXPR: 5058 case REDUC_MAX_EXPR:
3189 case REDUC_MIN_EXPR: 5059 case REDUC_MIN_EXPR:
3190 case REDUC_PLUS_EXPR: 5060 case REDUC_PLUS_EXPR:
3191 case VEC_COND_EXPR: 5061 case VEC_COND_EXPR:
3192 case VEC_EXTRACT_EVEN_EXPR:
3193 case VEC_EXTRACT_ODD_EXPR:
3194 case VEC_INTERLEAVE_HIGH_EXPR:
3195 case VEC_INTERLEAVE_LOW_EXPR:
3196 case VEC_LSHIFT_EXPR:
3197 case VEC_PACK_FIX_TRUNC_EXPR: 5062 case VEC_PACK_FIX_TRUNC_EXPR:
3198 case VEC_PACK_SAT_EXPR: 5063 case VEC_PACK_SAT_EXPR:
3199 case VEC_PACK_TRUNC_EXPR: 5064 case VEC_PACK_TRUNC_EXPR:
3200 case VEC_RSHIFT_EXPR:
3201 case VEC_UNPACK_FLOAT_HI_EXPR: 5065 case VEC_UNPACK_FLOAT_HI_EXPR:
3202 case VEC_UNPACK_FLOAT_LO_EXPR: 5066 case VEC_UNPACK_FLOAT_LO_EXPR:
3203 case VEC_UNPACK_HI_EXPR: 5067 case VEC_UNPACK_HI_EXPR:
3204 case VEC_UNPACK_LO_EXPR: 5068 case VEC_UNPACK_LO_EXPR:
3205 case VEC_WIDEN_MULT_HI_EXPR: 5069 case VEC_WIDEN_MULT_HI_EXPR:
3206 case VEC_WIDEN_MULT_LO_EXPR: 5070 case VEC_WIDEN_MULT_LO_EXPR:
5071 case VEC_WIDEN_MULT_EVEN_EXPR:
5072 case VEC_WIDEN_MULT_ODD_EXPR:
5073 case VEC_WIDEN_LSHIFT_HI_EXPR:
5074 case VEC_WIDEN_LSHIFT_LO_EXPR:
5075 case VEC_PERM_EXPR:
3207 return NULL; 5076 return NULL;
3208 5077
3209 /* Misc codes. */ 5078 /* Misc codes. */
3210 case ADDR_SPACE_CONVERT_EXPR: 5079 case ADDR_SPACE_CONVERT_EXPR:
3211 case FIXED_CONVERT_EXPR: 5080 case FIXED_CONVERT_EXPR:
3212 case OBJ_TYPE_REF: 5081 case OBJ_TYPE_REF:
3213 case WITH_SIZE_EXPR: 5082 case WITH_SIZE_EXPR:
5083 case BIT_INSERT_EXPR:
3214 return NULL; 5084 return NULL;
3215 5085
3216 case DOT_PROD_EXPR: 5086 case DOT_PROD_EXPR:
3217 if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (op0)) 5087 if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (op0))
3218 && SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (mode)) 5088 && SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (mode))
3219 { 5089 {
3220 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))) 5090 op0
3221 op0 = gen_rtx_ZERO_EXTEND (mode, op0); 5091 = simplify_gen_unary (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp,
3222 else 5092 0)))
3223 op0 = gen_rtx_SIGN_EXTEND (mode, op0); 5093 ? ZERO_EXTEND : SIGN_EXTEND, mode, op0,
3224 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))) 5094 inner_mode);
3225 op1 = gen_rtx_ZERO_EXTEND (mode, op1); 5095 op1
3226 else 5096 = simplify_gen_unary (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp,
3227 op1 = gen_rtx_SIGN_EXTEND (mode, op1); 5097 1)))
3228 op0 = gen_rtx_MULT (mode, op0, op1); 5098 ? ZERO_EXTEND : SIGN_EXTEND, mode, op1,
3229 return gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, op0, op2); 5099 inner_mode);
5100 op0 = simplify_gen_binary (MULT, mode, op0, op1);
5101 return simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, mode, op0, op2);
3230 } 5102 }
3231 return NULL; 5103 return NULL;
3232 5104
3233 case WIDEN_MULT_EXPR: 5105 case WIDEN_MULT_EXPR:
3234 case WIDEN_MULT_PLUS_EXPR: 5106 case WIDEN_MULT_PLUS_EXPR:
3235 case WIDEN_MULT_MINUS_EXPR: 5107 case WIDEN_MULT_MINUS_EXPR:
3236 if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (op0)) 5108 if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (op0))
3237 && SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (mode)) 5109 && SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (mode))
3238 { 5110 {
3239 enum machine_mode inner_mode = GET_MODE (op0); 5111 inner_mode = GET_MODE (op0);
3240 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))) 5112 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))))
3241 op0 = simplify_gen_unary (ZERO_EXTEND, mode, op0, inner_mode); 5113 op0 = simplify_gen_unary (ZERO_EXTEND, mode, op0, inner_mode);
3242 else 5114 else
3243 op0 = simplify_gen_unary (SIGN_EXTEND, mode, op0, inner_mode); 5115 op0 = simplify_gen_unary (SIGN_EXTEND, mode, op0, inner_mode);
3244 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))) 5116 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))))
3245 op1 = simplify_gen_unary (ZERO_EXTEND, mode, op1, inner_mode); 5117 op1 = simplify_gen_unary (ZERO_EXTEND, mode, op1, inner_mode);
3246 else 5118 else
3247 op1 = simplify_gen_unary (SIGN_EXTEND, mode, op1, inner_mode); 5119 op1 = simplify_gen_unary (SIGN_EXTEND, mode, op1, inner_mode);
3248 op0 = gen_rtx_MULT (mode, op0, op1); 5120 op0 = simplify_gen_binary (MULT, mode, op0, op1);
3249 if (TREE_CODE (exp) == WIDEN_MULT_EXPR) 5121 if (TREE_CODE (exp) == WIDEN_MULT_EXPR)
3250 return op0; 5122 return op0;
3251 else if (TREE_CODE (exp) == WIDEN_MULT_PLUS_EXPR) 5123 else if (TREE_CODE (exp) == WIDEN_MULT_PLUS_EXPR)
3252 return gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, op0, op2); 5124 return simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, mode, op0, op2);
3253 else 5125 else
3254 return gen_rtx_MINUS (mode, op2, op0); 5126 return simplify_gen_binary (MINUS, mode, op2, op0);
3255 } 5127 }
3256 return NULL; 5128 return NULL;
3257 5129
5130 case MULT_HIGHPART_EXPR:
5131 /* ??? Similar to the above. */
5132 return NULL;
5133
3258 case WIDEN_SUM_EXPR: 5134 case WIDEN_SUM_EXPR:
5135 case WIDEN_LSHIFT_EXPR:
3259 if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (op0)) 5136 if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (op0))
3260 && SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (mode)) 5137 && SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (mode))
3261 { 5138 {
3262 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))) 5139 op0
3263 op0 = gen_rtx_ZERO_EXTEND (mode, op0); 5140 = simplify_gen_unary (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp,
3264 else 5141 0)))
3265 op0 = gen_rtx_SIGN_EXTEND (mode, op0); 5142 ? ZERO_EXTEND : SIGN_EXTEND, mode, op0,
3266 return gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, op0, op1); 5143 inner_mode);
5144 return simplify_gen_binary (TREE_CODE (exp) == WIDEN_LSHIFT_EXPR
5145 ? ASHIFT : PLUS, mode, op0, op1);
3267 } 5146 }
3268 return NULL; 5147 return NULL;
3269 5148
3270 case FMA_EXPR: 5149 case FMA_EXPR:
3271 return gen_rtx_FMA (mode, op0, op1, op2); 5150 return simplify_gen_ternary (FMA, mode, inner_mode, op0, op1, op2);
3272 5151
3273 default: 5152 default:
3274 flag_unsupported: 5153 flag_unsupported:
3275 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING 5154 if (flag_checking)
3276 debug_tree (exp); 5155 {
3277 gcc_unreachable (); 5156 debug_tree (exp);
3278 #else 5157 gcc_unreachable ();
5158 }
3279 return NULL; 5159 return NULL;
3280 #endif 5160 }
3281 } 5161 }
5162
5163 /* Return an RTX equivalent to the source bind value of the tree expression
5164 EXP. */
5165
5166 static rtx
5167 expand_debug_source_expr (tree exp)
5168 {
5169 rtx op0 = NULL_RTX;
5170 machine_mode mode = VOIDmode, inner_mode;
5171
5172 switch (TREE_CODE (exp))
5173 {
5174 case PARM_DECL:
5175 {
5176 mode = DECL_MODE (exp);
5177 op0 = expand_debug_parm_decl (exp);
5178 if (op0)
5179 break;
5180 /* See if this isn't an argument that has been completely
5181 optimized out. */
5182 if (!DECL_RTL_SET_P (exp)
5183 && !DECL_INCOMING_RTL (exp)
5184 && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (current_function_decl))
5185 {
5186 tree aexp = DECL_ORIGIN (exp);
5187 if (DECL_CONTEXT (aexp)
5188 == DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (current_function_decl))
5189 {
5190 vec<tree, va_gc> **debug_args;
5191 unsigned int ix;
5192 tree ddecl;
5193 debug_args = decl_debug_args_lookup (current_function_decl);
5194 if (debug_args != NULL)
5195 {
5196 for (ix = 0; vec_safe_iterate (*debug_args, ix, &ddecl);
5197 ix += 2)
5198 if (ddecl == aexp)
5199 return gen_rtx_DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF (mode, aexp);
5200 }
5201 }
5202 }
5203 break;
5204 }
5205 default:
5206 break;
5207 }
5208
5209 if (op0 == NULL_RTX)
5210 return NULL_RTX;
5211
5212 inner_mode = GET_MODE (op0);
5213 if (mode == inner_mode)
5214 return op0;
5215
5216 if (FLOAT_MODE_P (mode) && FLOAT_MODE_P (inner_mode))
5217 {
5218 if (GET_MODE_UNIT_BITSIZE (mode)
5219 == GET_MODE_UNIT_BITSIZE (inner_mode))
5220 op0 = simplify_gen_subreg (mode, op0, inner_mode, 0);
5221 else if (GET_MODE_UNIT_BITSIZE (mode)
5222 < GET_MODE_UNIT_BITSIZE (inner_mode))
5223 op0 = simplify_gen_unary (FLOAT_TRUNCATE, mode, op0, inner_mode);
5224 else
5225 op0 = simplify_gen_unary (FLOAT_EXTEND, mode, op0, inner_mode);
5226 }
5227 else if (FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
5228 gcc_unreachable ();
5229 else if (FLOAT_MODE_P (inner_mode))
5230 {
5231 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp)))
5232 op0 = simplify_gen_unary (UNSIGNED_FIX, mode, op0, inner_mode);
5233 else
5234 op0 = simplify_gen_unary (FIX, mode, op0, inner_mode);
5235 }
5236 else if (GET_MODE_UNIT_PRECISION (mode)
5237 == GET_MODE_UNIT_PRECISION (inner_mode))
5238 op0 = lowpart_subreg (mode, op0, inner_mode);
5239 else if (GET_MODE_UNIT_PRECISION (mode)
5240 < GET_MODE_UNIT_PRECISION (inner_mode))
5241 op0 = simplify_gen_unary (TRUNCATE, mode, op0, inner_mode);
5242 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp)))
5243 op0 = simplify_gen_unary (ZERO_EXTEND, mode, op0, inner_mode);
5244 else
5245 op0 = simplify_gen_unary (SIGN_EXTEND, mode, op0, inner_mode);
5246
5247 return op0;
5248 }
5249
5250 /* Ensure INSN_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (insn) doesn't have unbound complexity.
5251 Allow 4 levels of rtl nesting for most rtl codes, and if we see anything
5252 deeper than that, create DEBUG_EXPRs and emit DEBUG_INSNs before INSN. */
5253
5254 static void
5255 avoid_complex_debug_insns (rtx_insn *insn, rtx *exp_p, int depth)
5256 {
5257 rtx exp = *exp_p;
5258
5259 if (exp == NULL_RTX)
5260 return;
5261
5262 if ((OBJECT_P (exp) && !MEM_P (exp)) || GET_CODE (exp) == CLOBBER)
5263 return;
5264
5265 if (depth == 4)
5266 {
5267 /* Create DEBUG_EXPR (and DEBUG_EXPR_DECL). */
5268 rtx dval = make_debug_expr_from_rtl (exp);
5269
5270 /* Emit a debug bind insn before INSN. */
5271 rtx bind = gen_rtx_VAR_LOCATION (GET_MODE (exp),
5272 DEBUG_EXPR_TREE_DECL (dval), exp,
5273 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
5274
5275 emit_debug_insn_before (bind, insn);
5276 *exp_p = dval;
5277 return;
5278 }
5279
5280 const char *format_ptr = GET_RTX_FORMAT (GET_CODE (exp));
5281 int i, j;
5282 for (i = 0; i < GET_RTX_LENGTH (GET_CODE (exp)); i++)
5283 switch (*format_ptr++)
5284 {
5285 case 'e':
5286 avoid_complex_debug_insns (insn, &XEXP (exp, i), depth + 1);
5287 break;
5288
5289 case 'E':
5290 case 'V':
5291 for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (exp, i); j++)
5292 avoid_complex_debug_insns (insn, &XVECEXP (exp, i, j), depth + 1);
5293 break;
5294
5295 default:
5296 break;
5297 }
3282 } 5298 }
3283 5299
3284 /* Expand the _LOCs in debug insns. We run this after expanding all 5300 /* Expand the _LOCs in debug insns. We run this after expanding all
3285 regular insns, so that any variables referenced in the function 5301 regular insns, so that any variables referenced in the function
3286 will have their DECL_RTLs set. */ 5302 will have their DECL_RTLs set. */
3287 5303
3288 static void 5304 static void
3289 expand_debug_locations (void) 5305 expand_debug_locations (void)
3290 { 5306 {
3291 rtx insn; 5307 rtx_insn *insn;
3292 rtx last = get_last_insn (); 5308 rtx_insn *last = get_last_insn ();
3293 int save_strict_alias = flag_strict_aliasing; 5309 int save_strict_alias = flag_strict_aliasing;
3294 5310
3295 /* New alias sets while setting up memory attributes cause 5311 /* New alias sets while setting up memory attributes cause
3296 -fcompare-debug failures, even though it doesn't bring about any 5312 -fcompare-debug failures, even though it doesn't bring about any
3297 codegen changes. */ 5313 codegen changes. */
3300 for (insn = get_insns (); insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn)) 5316 for (insn = get_insns (); insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
3301 if (DEBUG_INSN_P (insn)) 5317 if (DEBUG_INSN_P (insn))
3302 { 5318 {
3303 tree value = (tree)INSN_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (insn); 5319 tree value = (tree)INSN_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (insn);
3304 rtx val; 5320 rtx val;
3305 enum machine_mode mode; 5321 rtx_insn *prev_insn, *insn2;
5322 machine_mode mode;
3306 5323
3307 if (value == NULL_TREE) 5324 if (value == NULL_TREE)
3308 val = NULL_RTX; 5325 val = NULL_RTX;
3309 else 5326 else
3310 { 5327 {
3311 val = expand_debug_expr (value); 5328 if (INSN_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (insn)
5329 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
5330 val = expand_debug_source_expr (value);
5331 /* The avoid_deep_ter_for_debug function inserts
5332 debug bind stmts after SSA_NAME definition, with the
5333 SSA_NAME as the whole bind location. Disable temporarily
5334 expansion of that SSA_NAME into the DEBUG_EXPR_DECL
5335 being defined in this DEBUG_INSN. */
5336 else if (deep_ter_debug_map && TREE_CODE (value) == SSA_NAME)
5337 {
5338 tree *slot = deep_ter_debug_map->get (value);
5339 if (slot)
5340 {
5341 if (*slot == INSN_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (insn))
5342 *slot = NULL_TREE;
5343 else
5344 slot = NULL;
5345 }
5346 val = expand_debug_expr (value);
5347 if (slot)
5348 *slot = INSN_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (insn);
5349 }
5350 else
5351 val = expand_debug_expr (value);
3312 gcc_assert (last == get_last_insn ()); 5352 gcc_assert (last == get_last_insn ());
3313 } 5353 }
3314 5354
3315 if (!val) 5355 if (!val)
3316 val = gen_rtx_UNKNOWN_VAR_LOC (); 5356 val = gen_rtx_UNKNOWN_VAR_LOC ();
3318 { 5358 {
3319 mode = GET_MODE (INSN_VAR_LOCATION (insn)); 5359 mode = GET_MODE (INSN_VAR_LOCATION (insn));
3320 5360
3321 gcc_assert (mode == GET_MODE (val) 5361 gcc_assert (mode == GET_MODE (val)
3322 || (GET_MODE (val) == VOIDmode 5362 || (GET_MODE (val) == VOIDmode
3323 && (CONST_INT_P (val) 5363 && (CONST_SCALAR_INT_P (val)
3324 || GET_CODE (val) == CONST_FIXED 5364 || GET_CODE (val) == CONST_FIXED
3325 || GET_CODE (val) == CONST_DOUBLE
3326 || GET_CODE (val) == LABEL_REF))); 5365 || GET_CODE (val) == LABEL_REF)));
3327 } 5366 }
3328 5367
3329 INSN_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (insn) = val; 5368 INSN_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (insn) = val;
5369 prev_insn = PREV_INSN (insn);
5370 for (insn2 = insn; insn2 != prev_insn; insn2 = PREV_INSN (insn2))
5371 avoid_complex_debug_insns (insn2, &INSN_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (insn2), 0);
3330 } 5372 }
3331 5373
3332 flag_strict_aliasing = save_strict_alias; 5374 flag_strict_aliasing = save_strict_alias;
3333 } 5375 }
3334 5376
3335 /* Expand basic block BB from GIMPLE trees to RTL. */ 5377 /* Performs swapping operands of commutative operations to expand
3336 5378 the expensive one first. */
3337 static basic_block 5379
3338 expand_gimple_basic_block (basic_block bb) 5380 static void
3339 { 5381 reorder_operands (basic_block bb)
5382 {
5383 unsigned int *lattice; /* Hold cost of each statement. */
5384 unsigned int i = 0, n = 0;
3340 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi; 5385 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi;
3341 gimple_seq stmts; 5386 gimple_seq stmts;
3342 gimple stmt = NULL; 5387 gimple *stmt;
3343 rtx note, last; 5388 bool swap;
5389 tree op0, op1;
5390 ssa_op_iter iter;
5391 use_operand_p use_p;
5392 gimple *def0, *def1;
5393
5394 /* Compute cost of each statement using estimate_num_insns. */
5395 stmts = bb_seq (bb);
5396 for (gsi = gsi_start (stmts); !gsi_end_p (gsi); gsi_next (&gsi))
5397 {
5398 stmt = gsi_stmt (gsi);
5399 if (!is_gimple_debug (stmt))
5400 gimple_set_uid (stmt, n++);
5401 }
5402 lattice = XNEWVEC (unsigned int, n);
5403 for (gsi = gsi_start (stmts); !gsi_end_p (gsi); gsi_next (&gsi))
5404 {
5405 unsigned cost;
5406 stmt = gsi_stmt (gsi);
5407 if (is_gimple_debug (stmt))
5408 continue;
5409 cost = estimate_num_insns (stmt, &eni_size_weights);
5410 lattice[i] = cost;
5411 FOR_EACH_SSA_USE_OPERAND (use_p, stmt, iter, SSA_OP_USE)
5412 {
5413 tree use = USE_FROM_PTR (use_p);
5414 gimple *def_stmt;
5415 if (TREE_CODE (use) != SSA_NAME)
5416 continue;
5417 def_stmt = get_gimple_for_ssa_name (use);
5418 if (!def_stmt)
5419 continue;
5420 lattice[i] += lattice[gimple_uid (def_stmt)];
5421 }
5422 i++;
5423 if (!is_gimple_assign (stmt)
5424 || !commutative_tree_code (gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt)))
5425 continue;
5426 op0 = gimple_op (stmt, 1);
5427 op1 = gimple_op (stmt, 2);
5428 if (TREE_CODE (op0) != SSA_NAME
5429 || TREE_CODE (op1) != SSA_NAME)
5430 continue;
5431 /* Swap operands if the second one is more expensive. */
5432 def0 = get_gimple_for_ssa_name (op0);
5433 def1 = get_gimple_for_ssa_name (op1);
5434 if (!def1)
5435 continue;
5436 swap = false;
5437 if (!def0 || lattice[gimple_uid (def1)] > lattice[gimple_uid (def0)])
5438 swap = true;
5439 if (swap)
5440 {
5441 if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
5442 {
5443 fprintf (dump_file, "Swap operands in stmt:\n");
5444 print_gimple_stmt (dump_file, stmt, 0, TDF_SLIM);
5445 fprintf (dump_file, "Cost left opnd=%d, right opnd=%d\n",
5446 def0 ? lattice[gimple_uid (def0)] : 0,
5447 lattice[gimple_uid (def1)]);
5448 }
5449 swap_ssa_operands (stmt, gimple_assign_rhs1_ptr (stmt),
5450 gimple_assign_rhs2_ptr (stmt));
5451 }
5452 }
5453 XDELETE (lattice);
5454 }
5455
5456 /* Expand basic block BB from GIMPLE trees to RTL. */
5457
5458 static basic_block
5459 expand_gimple_basic_block (basic_block bb, bool disable_tail_calls)
5460 {
5461 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi;
5462 gimple_seq stmts;
5463 gimple *stmt = NULL;
5464 rtx_note *note;
5465 rtx_insn *last;
3344 edge e; 5466 edge e;
3345 edge_iterator ei; 5467 edge_iterator ei;
3346 void **elt;
3347 5468
3348 if (dump_file) 5469 if (dump_file)
3349 fprintf (dump_file, "\n;; Generating RTL for gimple basic block %d\n", 5470 fprintf (dump_file, "\n;; Generating RTL for gimple basic block %d\n",
3350 bb->index); 5471 bb->index);
3351 5472
3352 /* Note that since we are now transitioning from GIMPLE to RTL, we 5473 /* Note that since we are now transitioning from GIMPLE to RTL, we
3353 cannot use the gsi_*_bb() routines because they expect the basic 5474 cannot use the gsi_*_bb() routines because they expect the basic
3354 block to be in GIMPLE, instead of RTL. Therefore, we need to 5475 block to be in GIMPLE, instead of RTL. Therefore, we need to
3355 access the BB sequence directly. */ 5476 access the BB sequence directly. */
5477 if (optimize)
5478 reorder_operands (bb);
3356 stmts = bb_seq (bb); 5479 stmts = bb_seq (bb);
3357 bb->il.gimple = NULL; 5480 bb->il.gimple.seq = NULL;
5481 bb->il.gimple.phi_nodes = NULL;
3358 rtl_profile_for_bb (bb); 5482 rtl_profile_for_bb (bb);
3359 init_rtl_bb_info (bb); 5483 init_rtl_bb_info (bb);
3360 bb->flags |= BB_RTL; 5484 bb->flags |= BB_RTL;
3361 5485
3362 /* Remove the RETURN_EXPR if we may fall though to the exit 5486 /* Remove the RETURN_EXPR if we may fall though to the exit
3363 instead. */ 5487 instead. */
3364 gsi = gsi_last (stmts); 5488 gsi = gsi_last (stmts);
3365 if (!gsi_end_p (gsi) 5489 if (!gsi_end_p (gsi)
3366 && gimple_code (gsi_stmt (gsi)) == GIMPLE_RETURN) 5490 && gimple_code (gsi_stmt (gsi)) == GIMPLE_RETURN)
3367 { 5491 {
3368 gimple ret_stmt = gsi_stmt (gsi); 5492 greturn *ret_stmt = as_a <greturn *> (gsi_stmt (gsi));
3369 5493
3370 gcc_assert (single_succ_p (bb)); 5494 gcc_assert (single_succ_p (bb));
3371 gcc_assert (single_succ (bb) == EXIT_BLOCK_PTR); 5495 gcc_assert (single_succ (bb) == EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun));
3372 5496
3373 if (bb->next_bb == EXIT_BLOCK_PTR 5497 if (bb->next_bb == EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)
3374 && !gimple_return_retval (ret_stmt)) 5498 && !gimple_return_retval (ret_stmt))
3375 { 5499 {
3376 gsi_remove (&gsi, false); 5500 gsi_remove (&gsi, false);
3377 single_succ_edge (bb)->flags |= EDGE_FALLTHRU; 5501 single_succ_edge (bb)->flags |= EDGE_FALLTHRU;
3378 } 5502 }
3384 stmt = gsi_stmt (gsi); 5508 stmt = gsi_stmt (gsi);
3385 if (gimple_code (stmt) != GIMPLE_LABEL) 5509 if (gimple_code (stmt) != GIMPLE_LABEL)
3386 stmt = NULL; 5510 stmt = NULL;
3387 } 5511 }
3388 5512
3389 elt = pointer_map_contains (lab_rtx_for_bb, bb); 5513 rtx_code_label **elt = lab_rtx_for_bb->get (bb);
3390 5514
3391 if (stmt || elt) 5515 if (stmt || elt)
3392 { 5516 {
3393 last = get_last_insn (); 5517 last = get_last_insn ();
3394 5518
3397 expand_gimple_stmt (stmt); 5521 expand_gimple_stmt (stmt);
3398 gsi_next (&gsi); 5522 gsi_next (&gsi);
3399 } 5523 }
3400 5524
3401 if (elt) 5525 if (elt)
3402 emit_label ((rtx) *elt); 5526 emit_label (*elt);
3403 5527
3404 /* Java emits line number notes in the top of labels.
3405 ??? Make this go away once line number notes are obsoleted. */
3406 BB_HEAD (bb) = NEXT_INSN (last); 5528 BB_HEAD (bb) = NEXT_INSN (last);
3407 if (NOTE_P (BB_HEAD (bb))) 5529 if (NOTE_P (BB_HEAD (bb)))
3408 BB_HEAD (bb) = NEXT_INSN (BB_HEAD (bb)); 5530 BB_HEAD (bb) = NEXT_INSN (BB_HEAD (bb));
3409 note = emit_note_after (NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK, BB_HEAD (bb)); 5531 note = emit_note_after (NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK, BB_HEAD (bb));
3410 5532
3411 maybe_dump_rtl_for_gimple_stmt (stmt, last); 5533 maybe_dump_rtl_for_gimple_stmt (stmt, last);
3412 } 5534 }
3413 else 5535 else
3414 note = BB_HEAD (bb) = emit_note (NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK); 5536 BB_HEAD (bb) = note = emit_note (NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK);
3415 5537
3416 NOTE_BASIC_BLOCK (note) = bb; 5538 NOTE_BASIC_BLOCK (note) = bb;
3417 5539
3418 for (; !gsi_end_p (gsi); gsi_next (&gsi)) 5540 for (; !gsi_end_p (gsi); gsi_next (&gsi))
3419 { 5541 {
3449 && SA.values 5571 && SA.values
3450 && !is_gimple_debug (stmt)) 5572 && !is_gimple_debug (stmt))
3451 { 5573 {
3452 ssa_op_iter iter; 5574 ssa_op_iter iter;
3453 tree op; 5575 tree op;
3454 gimple def; 5576 gimple *def;
3455 5577
3456 location_t sloc = get_curr_insn_source_location (); 5578 location_t sloc = curr_insn_location ();
3457 tree sblock = get_curr_insn_block ();
3458 5579
3459 /* Look for SSA names that have their last use here (TERed 5580 /* Look for SSA names that have their last use here (TERed
3460 names always have only one real use). */ 5581 names always have only one real use). */
3461 FOR_EACH_SSA_TREE_OPERAND (op, stmt, iter, SSA_OP_USE) 5582 FOR_EACH_SSA_TREE_OPERAND (op, stmt, iter, SSA_OP_USE)
3462 if ((def = get_gimple_for_ssa_name (op))) 5583 if ((def = get_gimple_for_ssa_name (op)))
3474 } 5595 }
3475 } 5596 }
3476 5597
3477 if (have_debug_uses) 5598 if (have_debug_uses)
3478 { 5599 {
3479 /* OP is a TERed SSA name, with DEF it's defining 5600 /* OP is a TERed SSA name, with DEF its defining
3480 statement, and where OP is used in further debug 5601 statement, and where OP is used in further debug
3481 instructions. Generate a debug temporary, and 5602 instructions. Generate a debug temporary, and
3482 replace all uses of OP in debug insns with that 5603 replace all uses of OP in debug insns with that
3483 temporary. */ 5604 temporary. */
3484 gimple debugstmt; 5605 gimple *debugstmt;
3485 tree value = gimple_assign_rhs_to_tree (def); 5606 tree value = gimple_assign_rhs_to_tree (def);
3486 tree vexpr = make_node (DEBUG_EXPR_DECL); 5607 tree vexpr = make_node (DEBUG_EXPR_DECL);
3487 rtx val; 5608 rtx val;
3488 enum machine_mode mode; 5609 machine_mode mode;
3489 5610
3490 set_curr_insn_source_location (gimple_location (def)); 5611 set_curr_insn_location (gimple_location (def));
3491 set_curr_insn_block (gimple_block (def));
3492 5612
3493 DECL_ARTIFICIAL (vexpr) = 1; 5613 DECL_ARTIFICIAL (vexpr) = 1;
3494 TREE_TYPE (vexpr) = TREE_TYPE (value); 5614 TREE_TYPE (vexpr) = TREE_TYPE (value);
3495 if (DECL_P (value)) 5615 if (DECL_P (value))
3496 mode = DECL_MODE (value); 5616 mode = DECL_MODE (value);
3497 else 5617 else
3498 mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (value)); 5618 mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (value));
3499 DECL_MODE (vexpr) = mode; 5619 SET_DECL_MODE (vexpr, mode);
3500 5620
3501 val = gen_rtx_VAR_LOCATION 5621 val = gen_rtx_VAR_LOCATION
3502 (mode, vexpr, (rtx)value, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); 5622 (mode, vexpr, (rtx)value, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
3503 5623
3504 val = emit_debug_insn (val); 5624 emit_debug_insn (val);
3505 5625
3506 FOR_EACH_IMM_USE_STMT (debugstmt, imm_iter, op) 5626 FOR_EACH_IMM_USE_STMT (debugstmt, imm_iter, op)
3507 { 5627 {
3508 if (!gimple_debug_bind_p (debugstmt)) 5628 if (!gimple_debug_bind_p (debugstmt))
3509 continue; 5629 continue;
3513 5633
3514 update_stmt (debugstmt); 5634 update_stmt (debugstmt);
3515 } 5635 }
3516 } 5636 }
3517 } 5637 }
3518 set_curr_insn_source_location (sloc); 5638 set_curr_insn_location (sloc);
3519 set_curr_insn_block (sblock);
3520 } 5639 }
3521 5640
3522 currently_expanding_gimple_stmt = stmt; 5641 currently_expanding_gimple_stmt = stmt;
3523 5642
3524 /* Expand this statement, then evaluate the resulting RTL and 5643 /* Expand this statement, then evaluate the resulting RTL and
3525 fixup the CFG accordingly. */ 5644 fixup the CFG accordingly. */
3526 if (gimple_code (stmt) == GIMPLE_COND) 5645 if (gimple_code (stmt) == GIMPLE_COND)
3527 { 5646 {
3528 new_bb = expand_gimple_cond (bb, stmt); 5647 new_bb = expand_gimple_cond (bb, as_a <gcond *> (stmt));
3529 if (new_bb) 5648 if (new_bb)
3530 return new_bb; 5649 return new_bb;
3531 } 5650 }
3532 else if (gimple_debug_bind_p (stmt)) 5651 else if (gimple_debug_bind_p (stmt))
3533 { 5652 {
3534 location_t sloc = get_curr_insn_source_location (); 5653 location_t sloc = curr_insn_location ();
3535 tree sblock = get_curr_insn_block ();
3536 gimple_stmt_iterator nsi = gsi; 5654 gimple_stmt_iterator nsi = gsi;
3537 5655
3538 for (;;) 5656 for (;;)
3539 { 5657 {
3540 tree var = gimple_debug_bind_get_var (stmt); 5658 tree var = gimple_debug_bind_get_var (stmt);
3541 tree value; 5659 tree value;
3542 rtx val; 5660 rtx val;
3543 enum machine_mode mode; 5661 machine_mode mode;
5662
5663 if (TREE_CODE (var) != DEBUG_EXPR_DECL
5664 && TREE_CODE (var) != LABEL_DECL
5665 && !target_for_debug_bind (var))
5666 goto delink_debug_stmt;
3544 5667
3545 if (gimple_debug_bind_has_value_p (stmt)) 5668 if (gimple_debug_bind_has_value_p (stmt))
3546 value = gimple_debug_bind_get_value (stmt); 5669 value = gimple_debug_bind_get_value (stmt);
3547 else 5670 else
3548 value = NULL_TREE; 5671 value = NULL_TREE;
3549 5672
3550 last = get_last_insn (); 5673 last = get_last_insn ();
3551 5674
3552 set_curr_insn_source_location (gimple_location (stmt)); 5675 set_curr_insn_location (gimple_location (stmt));
3553 set_curr_insn_block (gimple_block (stmt));
3554 5676
3555 if (DECL_P (var)) 5677 if (DECL_P (var))
3556 mode = DECL_MODE (var); 5678 mode = DECL_MODE (var);
3557 else 5679 else
3558 mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (var)); 5680 mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (var));
3559 5681
3560 val = gen_rtx_VAR_LOCATION 5682 val = gen_rtx_VAR_LOCATION
3561 (mode, var, (rtx)value, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); 5683 (mode, var, (rtx)value, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
3562 5684
3563 val = emit_debug_insn (val); 5685 emit_debug_insn (val);
3564 5686
3565 if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS)) 5687 if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
3566 { 5688 {
3567 /* We can't dump the insn with a TREE where an RTX 5689 /* We can't dump the insn with a TREE where an RTX
3568 is expected. */ 5690 is expected. */
3569 INSN_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (val) = const0_rtx; 5691 PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (val) = const0_rtx;
3570 maybe_dump_rtl_for_gimple_stmt (stmt, last); 5692 maybe_dump_rtl_for_gimple_stmt (stmt, last);
3571 INSN_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (val) = (rtx)value; 5693 PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (val) = (rtx)value;
3572 } 5694 }
3573 5695
5696 delink_debug_stmt:
3574 /* In order not to generate too many debug temporaries, 5697 /* In order not to generate too many debug temporaries,
3575 we delink all uses of debug statements we already expanded. 5698 we delink all uses of debug statements we already expanded.
3576 Therefore debug statements between definition and real 5699 Therefore debug statements between definition and real
3577 use of TERed SSA names will continue to use the SSA name, 5700 use of TERed SSA names will continue to use the SSA name,
3578 and not be replaced with debug temps. */ 5701 and not be replaced with debug temps. */
3585 stmt = gsi_stmt (nsi); 5708 stmt = gsi_stmt (nsi);
3586 if (!gimple_debug_bind_p (stmt)) 5709 if (!gimple_debug_bind_p (stmt))
3587 break; 5710 break;
3588 } 5711 }
3589 5712
3590 set_curr_insn_source_location (sloc); 5713 set_curr_insn_location (sloc);
3591 set_curr_insn_block (sblock); 5714 }
5715 else if (gimple_debug_source_bind_p (stmt))
5716 {
5717 location_t sloc = curr_insn_location ();
5718 tree var = gimple_debug_source_bind_get_var (stmt);
5719 tree value = gimple_debug_source_bind_get_value (stmt);
5720 rtx val;
5721 machine_mode mode;
5722
5723 last = get_last_insn ();
5724
5725 set_curr_insn_location (gimple_location (stmt));
5726
5727 mode = DECL_MODE (var);
5728
5729 val = gen_rtx_VAR_LOCATION (mode, var, (rtx)value,
5730 VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED);
5731
5732 emit_debug_insn (val);
5733
5734 if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
5735 {
5736 /* We can't dump the insn with a TREE where an RTX
5737 is expected. */
5738 PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (val) = const0_rtx;
5739 maybe_dump_rtl_for_gimple_stmt (stmt, last);
5740 PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (val) = (rtx)value;
5741 }
5742
5743 set_curr_insn_location (sloc);
3592 } 5744 }
3593 else 5745 else
3594 { 5746 {
3595 if (is_gimple_call (stmt) && gimple_call_tail_p (stmt)) 5747 gcall *call_stmt = dyn_cast <gcall *> (stmt);
5748 if (call_stmt
5749 && gimple_call_tail_p (call_stmt)
5750 && disable_tail_calls)
5751 gimple_call_set_tail (call_stmt, false);
5752
5753 if (call_stmt && gimple_call_tail_p (call_stmt))
3596 { 5754 {
3597 bool can_fallthru; 5755 bool can_fallthru;
3598 new_bb = expand_gimple_tailcall (bb, stmt, &can_fallthru); 5756 new_bb = expand_gimple_tailcall (bb, call_stmt, &can_fallthru);
3599 if (new_bb) 5757 if (new_bb)
3600 { 5758 {
3601 if (can_fallthru) 5759 if (can_fallthru)
3602 bb = new_bb; 5760 bb = new_bb;
3603 else 5761 else
3627 currently_expanding_gimple_stmt = NULL; 5785 currently_expanding_gimple_stmt = NULL;
3628 5786
3629 /* Expand implicit goto and convert goto_locus. */ 5787 /* Expand implicit goto and convert goto_locus. */
3630 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->succs) 5788 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->succs)
3631 { 5789 {
3632 if (e->goto_locus && e->goto_block) 5790 if (e->goto_locus != UNKNOWN_LOCATION)
3633 { 5791 set_curr_insn_location (e->goto_locus);
3634 set_curr_insn_source_location (e->goto_locus);
3635 set_curr_insn_block (e->goto_block);
3636 e->goto_locus = curr_insn_locator ();
3637 }
3638 e->goto_block = NULL;
3639 if ((e->flags & EDGE_FALLTHRU) && e->dest != bb->next_bb) 5792 if ((e->flags & EDGE_FALLTHRU) && e->dest != bb->next_bb)
3640 { 5793 {
3641 emit_jump (label_rtx_for_bb (e->dest)); 5794 emit_jump (label_rtx_for_bb (e->dest));
3642 e->flags &= ~EDGE_FALLTHRU; 5795 e->flags &= ~EDGE_FALLTHRU;
3643 } 5796 }
3647 This later might be assumed to be a jump to successor and break edge insertion. 5800 This later might be assumed to be a jump to successor and break edge insertion.
3648 We need to insert dummy move to prevent this. PR41440. */ 5801 We need to insert dummy move to prevent this. PR41440. */
3649 if (single_succ_p (bb) 5802 if (single_succ_p (bb)
3650 && (single_succ_edge (bb)->flags & EDGE_FALLTHRU) 5803 && (single_succ_edge (bb)->flags & EDGE_FALLTHRU)
3651 && (last = get_last_insn ()) 5804 && (last = get_last_insn ())
3652 && JUMP_P (last)) 5805 && (JUMP_P (last)
5806 || (DEBUG_INSN_P (last)
5807 && JUMP_P (prev_nondebug_insn (last)))))
3653 { 5808 {
3654 rtx dummy = gen_reg_rtx (SImode); 5809 rtx dummy = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
3655 emit_insn_after_noloc (gen_move_insn (dummy, dummy), last, NULL); 5810 emit_insn_after_noloc (gen_move_insn (dummy, dummy), last, NULL);
3656 } 5811 }
3657 5812
3680 basic_block init_block, first_block; 5835 basic_block init_block, first_block;
3681 edge e = NULL; 5836 edge e = NULL;
3682 int flags; 5837 int flags;
3683 5838
3684 /* Multiple entry points not supported yet. */ 5839 /* Multiple entry points not supported yet. */
3685 gcc_assert (EDGE_COUNT (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR->succs) == 1); 5840 gcc_assert (EDGE_COUNT (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)->succs) == 1);
3686 init_rtl_bb_info (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR); 5841 init_rtl_bb_info (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun));
3687 init_rtl_bb_info (EXIT_BLOCK_PTR); 5842 init_rtl_bb_info (EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun));
3688 ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR->flags |= BB_RTL; 5843 ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)->flags |= BB_RTL;
3689 EXIT_BLOCK_PTR->flags |= BB_RTL; 5844 EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)->flags |= BB_RTL;
3690 5845
3691 e = EDGE_SUCC (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR, 0); 5846 e = EDGE_SUCC (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun), 0);
3692 5847
3693 /* When entry edge points to first basic block, we don't need jump, 5848 /* When entry edge points to first basic block, we don't need jump,
3694 otherwise we have to jump into proper target. */ 5849 otherwise we have to jump into proper target. */
3695 if (e && e->dest != ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR->next_bb) 5850 if (e && e->dest != ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)->next_bb)
3696 { 5851 {
3697 tree label = gimple_block_label (e->dest); 5852 tree label = gimple_block_label (e->dest);
3698 5853
3699 emit_jump (label_rtx (label)); 5854 emit_jump (jump_target_rtx (label));
3700 flags = 0; 5855 flags = 0;
3701 } 5856 }
3702 else 5857 else
3703 flags = EDGE_FALLTHRU; 5858 flags = EDGE_FALLTHRU;
3704 5859
3705 init_block = create_basic_block (NEXT_INSN (get_insns ()), 5860 init_block = create_basic_block (NEXT_INSN (get_insns ()),
3706 get_last_insn (), 5861 get_last_insn (),
3707 ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR); 5862 ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun));
3708 init_block->frequency = ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR->frequency; 5863 init_block->frequency = ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)->frequency;
3709 init_block->count = ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR->count; 5864 init_block->count = ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)->count;
5865 add_bb_to_loop (init_block, ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)->loop_father);
3710 if (e) 5866 if (e)
3711 { 5867 {
3712 first_block = e->dest; 5868 first_block = e->dest;
3713 redirect_edge_succ (e, init_block); 5869 redirect_edge_succ (e, init_block);
3714 e = make_edge (init_block, first_block, flags); 5870 e = make_single_succ_edge (init_block, first_block, flags);
3715 } 5871 }
3716 else 5872 else
3717 e = make_edge (init_block, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR, EDGE_FALLTHRU); 5873 e = make_single_succ_edge (init_block, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun),
3718 e->probability = REG_BR_PROB_BASE; 5874 EDGE_FALLTHRU);
3719 e->count = ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR->count;
3720 5875
3721 update_bb_for_insn (init_block); 5876 update_bb_for_insn (init_block);
3722 return init_block; 5877 return init_block;
3723 } 5878 }
3724 5879
3739 /* Create a block containing landing pads and similar stuff. */ 5894 /* Create a block containing landing pads and similar stuff. */
3740 5895
3741 static void 5896 static void
3742 construct_exit_block (void) 5897 construct_exit_block (void)
3743 { 5898 {
3744 rtx head = get_last_insn (); 5899 rtx_insn *head = get_last_insn ();
3745 rtx end; 5900 rtx_insn *end;
3746 basic_block exit_block; 5901 basic_block exit_block;
3747 edge e, e2; 5902 edge e, e2;
3748 unsigned ix; 5903 unsigned ix;
3749 edge_iterator ei; 5904 edge_iterator ei;
3750 rtx orig_end = BB_END (EXIT_BLOCK_PTR->prev_bb); 5905 basic_block prev_bb = EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)->prev_bb;
3751 5906 rtx_insn *orig_end = BB_END (prev_bb);
3752 rtl_profile_for_bb (EXIT_BLOCK_PTR); 5907
5908 rtl_profile_for_bb (EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun));
3753 5909
3754 /* Make sure the locus is set to the end of the function, so that 5910 /* Make sure the locus is set to the end of the function, so that
3755 epilogue line numbers and warnings are set properly. */ 5911 epilogue line numbers and warnings are set properly. */
3756 if (cfun->function_end_locus != UNKNOWN_LOCATION) 5912 if (LOCATION_LOCUS (cfun->function_end_locus) != UNKNOWN_LOCATION)
3757 input_location = cfun->function_end_locus; 5913 input_location = cfun->function_end_locus;
3758
3759 /* The following insns belong to the top scope. */
3760 set_curr_insn_block (DECL_INITIAL (current_function_decl));
3761 5914
3762 /* Generate rtl for function exit. */ 5915 /* Generate rtl for function exit. */
3763 expand_function_end (); 5916 expand_function_end ();
3764 5917
3765 end = get_last_insn (); 5918 end = get_last_insn ();
3766 if (head == end) 5919 if (head == end)
3767 return; 5920 return;
3768 /* While emitting the function end we could move end of the last basic block. 5921 /* While emitting the function end we could move end of the last basic
3769 */ 5922 block. */
3770 BB_END (EXIT_BLOCK_PTR->prev_bb) = orig_end; 5923 BB_END (prev_bb) = orig_end;
3771 while (NEXT_INSN (head) && NOTE_P (NEXT_INSN (head))) 5924 while (NEXT_INSN (head) && NOTE_P (NEXT_INSN (head)))
3772 head = NEXT_INSN (head); 5925 head = NEXT_INSN (head);
3773 exit_block = create_basic_block (NEXT_INSN (head), end, 5926 /* But make sure exit_block starts with RETURN_LABEL, otherwise the
3774 EXIT_BLOCK_PTR->prev_bb); 5927 bb frequency counting will be confused. Any instructions before that
3775 exit_block->frequency = EXIT_BLOCK_PTR->frequency; 5928 label are emitted for the case where PREV_BB falls through into the
3776 exit_block->count = EXIT_BLOCK_PTR->count; 5929 exit block, so append those instructions to prev_bb in that case. */
5930 if (NEXT_INSN (head) != return_label)
5931 {
5932 while (NEXT_INSN (head) != return_label)
5933 {
5934 if (!NOTE_P (NEXT_INSN (head)))
5935 BB_END (prev_bb) = NEXT_INSN (head);
5936 head = NEXT_INSN (head);
5937 }
5938 }
5939 exit_block = create_basic_block (NEXT_INSN (head), end, prev_bb);
5940 exit_block->frequency = EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)->frequency;
5941 exit_block->count = EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)->count;
5942 add_bb_to_loop (exit_block, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)->loop_father);
3777 5943
3778 ix = 0; 5944 ix = 0;
3779 while (ix < EDGE_COUNT (EXIT_BLOCK_PTR->preds)) 5945 while (ix < EDGE_COUNT (EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)->preds))
3780 { 5946 {
3781 e = EDGE_PRED (EXIT_BLOCK_PTR, ix); 5947 e = EDGE_PRED (EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun), ix);
3782 if (!(e->flags & EDGE_ABNORMAL)) 5948 if (!(e->flags & EDGE_ABNORMAL))
3783 redirect_edge_succ (e, exit_block); 5949 redirect_edge_succ (e, exit_block);
3784 else 5950 else
3785 ix++; 5951 ix++;
3786 } 5952 }
3787 5953
3788 e = make_edge (exit_block, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR, EDGE_FALLTHRU); 5954 e = make_single_succ_edge (exit_block, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun),
3789 e->probability = REG_BR_PROB_BASE; 5955 EDGE_FALLTHRU);
3790 e->count = EXIT_BLOCK_PTR->count; 5956 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e2, ei, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)->preds)
3791 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e2, ei, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR->preds)
3792 if (e2 != e) 5957 if (e2 != e)
3793 { 5958 {
3794 e->count -= e2->count; 5959 exit_block->count -= e2->count ();
3795 exit_block->count -= e2->count;
3796 exit_block->frequency -= EDGE_FREQUENCY (e2); 5960 exit_block->frequency -= EDGE_FREQUENCY (e2);
3797 } 5961 }
3798 if (e->count < 0)
3799 e->count = 0;
3800 if (exit_block->count < 0)
3801 exit_block->count = 0;
3802 if (exit_block->frequency < 0) 5962 if (exit_block->frequency < 0)
3803 exit_block->frequency = 0; 5963 exit_block->frequency = 0;
3804 update_bb_for_insn (exit_block); 5964 update_bb_for_insn (exit_block);
3805 } 5965 }
3806 5966
3855 discover_nonconstant_array_refs (void) 6015 discover_nonconstant_array_refs (void)
3856 { 6016 {
3857 basic_block bb; 6017 basic_block bb;
3858 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi; 6018 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi;
3859 6019
3860 FOR_EACH_BB (bb) 6020 FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb, cfun)
3861 for (gsi = gsi_start_bb (bb); !gsi_end_p (gsi); gsi_next (&gsi)) 6021 for (gsi = gsi_start_bb (bb); !gsi_end_p (gsi); gsi_next (&gsi))
3862 { 6022 {
3863 gimple stmt = gsi_stmt (gsi); 6023 gimple *stmt = gsi_stmt (gsi);
3864 if (!is_gimple_debug (stmt)) 6024 if (!is_gimple_debug (stmt))
3865 walk_gimple_op (stmt, discover_nonconstant_array_refs_r, NULL); 6025 walk_gimple_op (stmt, discover_nonconstant_array_refs_r, NULL);
3866 } 6026 }
3867 } 6027 }
3868 6028
3936 /* Call fixup_tail_calls to clean up REG_EQUIV note if DRAP is 6096 /* Call fixup_tail_calls to clean up REG_EQUIV note if DRAP is
3937 needed. */ 6097 needed. */
3938 fixup_tail_calls (); 6098 fixup_tail_calls ();
3939 } 6099 }
3940 } 6100 }
6101
6102
6103 static void
6104 expand_main_function (void)
6105 {
6106 #if (defined(INVOKE__main) \
6107 || (!defined(HAS_INIT_SECTION) \
6108 && !defined(INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP) \
6109 && !defined(INIT_ARRAY_SECTION_ASM_OP)))
6110 emit_library_call (init_one_libfunc (NAME__MAIN), LCT_NORMAL, VOIDmode);
6111 #endif
6112 }
6113
6114
6115 /* Expand code to initialize the stack_protect_guard. This is invoked at
6116 the beginning of a function to be protected. */
6117
6118 static void
6119 stack_protect_prologue (void)
6120 {
6121 tree guard_decl = targetm.stack_protect_guard ();
6122 rtx x, y;
6123
6124 x = expand_normal (crtl->stack_protect_guard);
6125 if (guard_decl)
6126 y = expand_normal (guard_decl);
6127 else
6128 y = const0_rtx;
6129
6130 /* Allow the target to copy from Y to X without leaking Y into a
6131 register. */
6132 if (targetm.have_stack_protect_set ())
6133 if (rtx_insn *insn = targetm.gen_stack_protect_set (x, y))
6134 {
6135 emit_insn (insn);
6136 return;
6137 }
6138
6139 /* Otherwise do a straight move. */
6140 emit_move_insn (x, y);
6141 }
3941 6142
3942 /* Translate the intermediate representation contained in the CFG 6143 /* Translate the intermediate representation contained in the CFG
3943 from GIMPLE trees to RTL. 6144 from GIMPLE trees to RTL.
3944 6145
3945 We do conversion per basic block and preserve/update the tree CFG. 6146 We do conversion per basic block and preserve/update the tree CFG.
3946 This implies we have to do some magic as the CFG can simultaneously 6147 This implies we have to do some magic as the CFG can simultaneously
3947 consist of basic blocks containing RTL and GIMPLE trees. This can 6148 consist of basic blocks containing RTL and GIMPLE trees. This can
3948 confuse the CFG hooks, so be careful to not manipulate CFG during 6149 confuse the CFG hooks, so be careful to not manipulate CFG during
3949 the expansion. */ 6150 the expansion. */
3950 6151
3951 static unsigned int 6152 namespace {
3952 gimple_expand_cfg (void) 6153
6154 const pass_data pass_data_expand =
6155 {
6156 RTL_PASS, /* type */
6157 "expand", /* name */
6158 OPTGROUP_NONE, /* optinfo_flags */
6159 TV_EXPAND, /* tv_id */
6160 ( PROP_ssa | PROP_gimple_leh | PROP_cfg
6161 | PROP_gimple_lcx
6162 | PROP_gimple_lvec
6163 | PROP_gimple_lva), /* properties_required */
6164 PROP_rtl, /* properties_provided */
6165 ( PROP_ssa | PROP_trees ), /* properties_destroyed */
6166 0, /* todo_flags_start */
6167 0, /* todo_flags_finish */
6168 };
6169
6170 class pass_expand : public rtl_opt_pass
6171 {
6172 public:
6173 pass_expand (gcc::context *ctxt)
6174 : rtl_opt_pass (pass_data_expand, ctxt)
6175 {}
6176
6177 /* opt_pass methods: */
6178 virtual unsigned int execute (function *);
6179
6180 }; // class pass_expand
6181
6182 unsigned int
6183 pass_expand::execute (function *fun)
3953 { 6184 {
3954 basic_block bb, init_block; 6185 basic_block bb, init_block;
3955 sbitmap blocks;
3956 edge_iterator ei; 6186 edge_iterator ei;
3957 edge e; 6187 edge e;
3958 rtx var_seq; 6188 rtx_insn *var_seq, *var_ret_seq;
3959 unsigned i; 6189 unsigned i;
3960 6190
3961 timevar_push (TV_OUT_OF_SSA); 6191 timevar_push (TV_OUT_OF_SSA);
3962 rewrite_out_of_ssa (&SA); 6192 rewrite_out_of_ssa (&SA);
3963 timevar_pop (TV_OUT_OF_SSA); 6193 timevar_pop (TV_OUT_OF_SSA);
3964 SA.partition_to_pseudo = (rtx *)xcalloc (SA.map->num_partitions, 6194 SA.partition_to_pseudo = XCNEWVEC (rtx, SA.map->num_partitions);
3965 sizeof (rtx)); 6195
6196 if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_STMTS && flag_tree_ter)
6197 {
6198 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi;
6199 FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb, cfun)
6200 for (gsi = gsi_start_bb (bb); !gsi_end_p (gsi); gsi_next (&gsi))
6201 if (gimple_debug_bind_p (gsi_stmt (gsi)))
6202 avoid_deep_ter_for_debug (gsi_stmt (gsi), 0);
6203 }
6204
6205 /* Make sure all values used by the optimization passes have sane
6206 defaults. */
6207 reg_renumber = 0;
3966 6208
3967 /* Some backends want to know that we are expanding to RTL. */ 6209 /* Some backends want to know that we are expanding to RTL. */
3968 currently_expanding_to_rtl = 1; 6210 currently_expanding_to_rtl = 1;
3969 6211 /* Dominators are not kept up-to-date as we may create new basic-blocks. */
3970 rtl_profile_for_bb (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR); 6212 free_dominance_info (CDI_DOMINATORS);
3971 6213
3972 insn_locators_alloc (); 6214 rtl_profile_for_bb (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fun));
6215
6216 if (chkp_function_instrumented_p (current_function_decl))
6217 chkp_reset_rtl_bounds ();
6218
6219 insn_locations_init ();
3973 if (!DECL_IS_BUILTIN (current_function_decl)) 6220 if (!DECL_IS_BUILTIN (current_function_decl))
3974 { 6221 {
3975 /* Eventually, all FEs should explicitly set function_start_locus. */ 6222 /* Eventually, all FEs should explicitly set function_start_locus. */
3976 if (cfun->function_start_locus == UNKNOWN_LOCATION) 6223 if (LOCATION_LOCUS (fun->function_start_locus) == UNKNOWN_LOCATION)
3977 set_curr_insn_source_location 6224 set_curr_insn_location
3978 (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (current_function_decl)); 6225 (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (current_function_decl));
3979 else 6226 else
3980 set_curr_insn_source_location (cfun->function_start_locus); 6227 set_curr_insn_location (fun->function_start_locus);
3981 } 6228 }
3982 else 6229 else
3983 set_curr_insn_source_location (UNKNOWN_LOCATION); 6230 set_curr_insn_location (UNKNOWN_LOCATION);
3984 set_curr_insn_block (DECL_INITIAL (current_function_decl)); 6231 prologue_location = curr_insn_location ();
3985 prologue_locator = curr_insn_locator ();
3986 6232
3987 #ifdef INSN_SCHEDULING 6233 #ifdef INSN_SCHEDULING
3988 init_sched_attrs (); 6234 init_sched_attrs ();
3989 #endif 6235 #endif
3990 6236
3995 6241
3996 /* Mark arrays indexed with non-constant indices with TREE_ADDRESSABLE. */ 6242 /* Mark arrays indexed with non-constant indices with TREE_ADDRESSABLE. */
3997 discover_nonconstant_array_refs (); 6243 discover_nonconstant_array_refs ();
3998 6244
3999 targetm.expand_to_rtl_hook (); 6245 targetm.expand_to_rtl_hook ();
4000 crtl->stack_alignment_needed = STACK_BOUNDARY; 6246 crtl->init_stack_alignment ();
4001 crtl->max_used_stack_slot_alignment = STACK_BOUNDARY; 6247 fun->cfg->max_jumptable_ents = 0;
4002 crtl->stack_alignment_estimated = 0;
4003 crtl->preferred_stack_boundary = STACK_BOUNDARY;
4004 cfun->cfg->max_jumptable_ents = 0;
4005 6248
4006 /* Resovle the function section. Some targets, like ARM EABI rely on knowledge 6249 /* Resovle the function section. Some targets, like ARM EABI rely on knowledge
4007 of the function section at exapnsion time to predict distance of calls. */ 6250 of the function section at exapnsion time to predict distance of calls. */
4008 resolve_unique_section (current_function_decl, 0, flag_function_sections); 6251 resolve_unique_section (current_function_decl, 0, flag_function_sections);
4009 6252
4010 /* Expand the variables recorded during gimple lowering. */ 6253 /* Expand the variables recorded during gimple lowering. */
4011 timevar_push (TV_VAR_EXPAND); 6254 timevar_push (TV_VAR_EXPAND);
4012 start_sequence (); 6255 start_sequence ();
4013 6256
4014 expand_used_vars (); 6257 var_ret_seq = expand_used_vars ();
4015 6258
4016 var_seq = get_insns (); 6259 var_seq = get_insns ();
4017 end_sequence (); 6260 end_sequence ();
4018 timevar_pop (TV_VAR_EXPAND); 6261 timevar_pop (TV_VAR_EXPAND);
4019 6262
4020 /* Honor stack protection warnings. */ 6263 /* Honor stack protection warnings. */
4021 if (warn_stack_protect) 6264 if (warn_stack_protect)
4022 { 6265 {
4023 if (cfun->calls_alloca) 6266 if (fun->calls_alloca)
4024 warning (OPT_Wstack_protector, 6267 warning (OPT_Wstack_protector,
4025 "stack protector not protecting local variables: " 6268 "stack protector not protecting local variables: "
4026 "variable length buffer"); 6269 "variable length buffer");
4027 if (has_short_buffer && !crtl->stack_protect_guard) 6270 if (has_short_buffer && !crtl->stack_protect_guard)
4028 warning (OPT_Wstack_protector, 6271 warning (OPT_Wstack_protector,
4029 "stack protector not protecting function: " 6272 "stack protector not protecting function: "
4030 "all local arrays are less than %d bytes long", 6273 "all local arrays are less than %d bytes long",
4031 (int) PARAM_VALUE (PARAM_SSP_BUFFER_SIZE)); 6274 (int) PARAM_VALUE (PARAM_SSP_BUFFER_SIZE));
4032 } 6275 }
4033 6276
4034 /* Set up parameters and prepare for return, for the function. */ 6277 /* Set up parameters and prepare for return, for the function. */
4035 expand_function_start (current_function_decl); 6278 expand_function_start (current_function_decl);
4044 before parm_birth_insn. We've just insertted an alloca call. 6287 before parm_birth_insn. We've just insertted an alloca call.
4045 Adjust the pointer to match. */ 6288 Adjust the pointer to match. */
4046 parm_birth_insn = var_seq; 6289 parm_birth_insn = var_seq;
4047 } 6290 }
4048 6291
4049 /* Now that we also have the parameter RTXs, copy them over to our 6292 /* Now propagate the RTL assignment of each partition to the
4050 partitions. */ 6293 underlying var of each SSA_NAME. */
4051 for (i = 0; i < SA.map->num_partitions; i++) 6294 tree name;
4052 { 6295
4053 tree var = SSA_NAME_VAR (partition_to_var (SA.map, i)); 6296 FOR_EACH_SSA_NAME (i, name, cfun)
4054 6297 {
4055 if (TREE_CODE (var) != VAR_DECL 6298 /* We might have generated new SSA names in
4056 && !SA.partition_to_pseudo[i]) 6299 update_alias_info_with_stack_vars. They will have a NULL
4057 SA.partition_to_pseudo[i] = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (var); 6300 defining statements, and won't be part of the partitioning,
4058 gcc_assert (SA.partition_to_pseudo[i]); 6301 so ignore those. */
6302 if (!SSA_NAME_DEF_STMT (name))
6303 continue;
6304
6305 adjust_one_expanded_partition_var (name);
6306 }
6307
6308 /* Clean up RTL of variables that straddle across multiple
6309 partitions, and check that the rtl of any PARM_DECLs that are not
6310 cleaned up is that of their default defs. */
6311 FOR_EACH_SSA_NAME (i, name, cfun)
6312 {
6313 int part;
6314
6315 /* We might have generated new SSA names in
6316 update_alias_info_with_stack_vars. They will have a NULL
6317 defining statements, and won't be part of the partitioning,
6318 so ignore those. */
6319 if (!SSA_NAME_DEF_STMT (name))
6320 continue;
6321 part = var_to_partition (SA.map, name);
6322 if (part == NO_PARTITION)
6323 continue;
4059 6324
4060 /* If this decl was marked as living in multiple places, reset 6325 /* If this decl was marked as living in multiple places, reset
4061 this now to NULL. */ 6326 this now to NULL. */
4062 if (DECL_RTL_IF_SET (var) == pc_rtx) 6327 tree var = SSA_NAME_VAR (name);
6328 if (var && DECL_RTL_IF_SET (var) == pc_rtx)
4063 SET_DECL_RTL (var, NULL); 6329 SET_DECL_RTL (var, NULL);
4064 6330 /* Check that the pseudos chosen by assign_parms are those of
4065 /* Some RTL parts really want to look at DECL_RTL(x) when x 6331 the corresponding default defs. */
4066 was a decl marked in REG_ATTR or MEM_ATTR. We could use 6332 else if (SSA_NAME_IS_DEFAULT_DEF (name)
4067 SET_DECL_RTL here making this available, but that would mean 6333 && (TREE_CODE (var) == PARM_DECL
4068 to select one of the potentially many RTLs for one DECL. Instead 6334 || TREE_CODE (var) == RESULT_DECL))
4069 of doing that we simply reset the MEM_EXPR of the RTL in question, 6335 {
4070 then nobody can get at it and hence nobody can call DECL_RTL on it. */ 6336 rtx in = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (var);
4071 if (!DECL_RTL_SET_P (var)) 6337 gcc_assert (in);
4072 { 6338 rtx out = SA.partition_to_pseudo[part];
4073 if (MEM_P (SA.partition_to_pseudo[i])) 6339 gcc_assert (in == out);
4074 set_mem_expr (SA.partition_to_pseudo[i], NULL); 6340
6341 /* Now reset VAR's RTL to IN, so that the _EXPR attrs match
6342 those expected by debug backends for each parm and for
6343 the result. This is particularly important for stabs,
6344 whose register elimination from parm's DECL_RTL may cause
6345 -fcompare-debug differences as SET_DECL_RTL changes reg's
6346 attrs. So, make sure the RTL already has the parm as the
6347 EXPR, so that it won't change. */
6348 SET_DECL_RTL (var, NULL_RTX);
6349 if (MEM_P (in))
6350 set_mem_attributes (in, var, true);
6351 SET_DECL_RTL (var, in);
4075 } 6352 }
4076 } 6353 }
4077 6354
4078 /* If this function is `main', emit a call to `__main' 6355 /* If this function is `main', emit a call to `__main'
4079 to run global initializers, etc. */ 6356 to run global initializers, etc. */
4082 && DECL_FILE_SCOPE_P (current_function_decl)) 6359 && DECL_FILE_SCOPE_P (current_function_decl))
4083 expand_main_function (); 6360 expand_main_function ();
4084 6361
4085 /* Initialize the stack_protect_guard field. This must happen after the 6362 /* Initialize the stack_protect_guard field. This must happen after the
4086 call to __main (if any) so that the external decl is initialized. */ 6363 call to __main (if any) so that the external decl is initialized. */
4087 if (crtl->stack_protect_guard) 6364 if (crtl->stack_protect_guard && targetm.stack_protect_runtime_enabled_p ())
4088 stack_protect_prologue (); 6365 stack_protect_prologue ();
4089 6366
4090 expand_phi_nodes (&SA); 6367 expand_phi_nodes (&SA);
6368
6369 /* Release any stale SSA redirection data. */
6370 redirect_edge_var_map_empty ();
4091 6371
4092 /* Register rtl specific functions for cfg. */ 6372 /* Register rtl specific functions for cfg. */
4093 rtl_register_cfg_hooks (); 6373 rtl_register_cfg_hooks ();
4094 6374
4095 init_block = construct_init_block (); 6375 init_block = construct_init_block ();
4096 6376
4097 /* Clear EDGE_EXECUTABLE on the entry edge(s). It is cleaned from the 6377 /* Clear EDGE_EXECUTABLE on the entry edge(s). It is cleaned from the
4098 remaining edges later. */ 6378 remaining edges later. */
4099 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR->succs) 6379 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fun)->succs)
4100 e->flags &= ~EDGE_EXECUTABLE; 6380 e->flags &= ~EDGE_EXECUTABLE;
4101 6381
4102 lab_rtx_for_bb = pointer_map_create (); 6382 lab_rtx_for_bb = new hash_map<basic_block, rtx_code_label *>;
4103 FOR_BB_BETWEEN (bb, init_block->next_bb, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR, next_bb) 6383 FOR_BB_BETWEEN (bb, init_block->next_bb, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fun),
4104 bb = expand_gimple_basic_block (bb); 6384 next_bb)
6385 bb = expand_gimple_basic_block (bb, var_ret_seq != NULL_RTX);
4105 6386
4106 if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_INSNS) 6387 if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_INSNS)
4107 expand_debug_locations (); 6388 expand_debug_locations ();
4108 6389
4109 execute_free_datastructures (); 6390 if (deep_ter_debug_map)
6391 {
6392 delete deep_ter_debug_map;
6393 deep_ter_debug_map = NULL;
6394 }
6395
6396 /* Free stuff we no longer need after GIMPLE optimizations. */
6397 free_dominance_info (CDI_DOMINATORS);
6398 free_dominance_info (CDI_POST_DOMINATORS);
6399 delete_tree_cfg_annotations (fun);
6400
4110 timevar_push (TV_OUT_OF_SSA); 6401 timevar_push (TV_OUT_OF_SSA);
4111 finish_out_of_ssa (&SA); 6402 finish_out_of_ssa (&SA);
4112 timevar_pop (TV_OUT_OF_SSA); 6403 timevar_pop (TV_OUT_OF_SSA);
4113 6404
4114 timevar_push (TV_POST_EXPAND); 6405 timevar_push (TV_POST_EXPAND);
4115 /* We are no longer in SSA form. */ 6406 /* We are no longer in SSA form. */
4116 cfun->gimple_df->in_ssa_p = false; 6407 fun->gimple_df->in_ssa_p = false;
6408 loops_state_clear (LOOP_CLOSED_SSA);
4117 6409
4118 /* Expansion is used by optimization passes too, set maybe_hot_insn_p 6410 /* Expansion is used by optimization passes too, set maybe_hot_insn_p
4119 conservatively to true until they are all profile aware. */ 6411 conservatively to true until they are all profile aware. */
4120 pointer_map_destroy (lab_rtx_for_bb); 6412 delete lab_rtx_for_bb;
4121 free_histograms (); 6413 free_histograms (fun);
4122 6414
4123 construct_exit_block (); 6415 construct_exit_block ();
4124 set_curr_insn_block (DECL_INITIAL (current_function_decl)); 6416 insn_locations_finalize ();
4125 insn_locators_finalize (); 6417
6418 if (var_ret_seq)
6419 {
6420 rtx_insn *after = return_label;
6421 rtx_insn *next = NEXT_INSN (after);
6422 if (next && NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK_P (next))
6423 after = next;
6424 emit_insn_after (var_ret_seq, after);
6425 }
4126 6426
4127 /* Zap the tree EH table. */ 6427 /* Zap the tree EH table. */
4128 set_eh_throw_stmt_table (cfun, NULL); 6428 set_eh_throw_stmt_table (fun, NULL);
4129 6429
6430 /* We need JUMP_LABEL be set in order to redirect jumps, and hence
6431 split edges which edge insertions might do. */
4130 rebuild_jump_labels (get_insns ()); 6432 rebuild_jump_labels (get_insns ());
4131 6433
4132 FOR_BB_BETWEEN (bb, ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR, next_bb) 6434 FOR_BB_BETWEEN (bb, ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fun),
6435 EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fun), next_bb)
4133 { 6436 {
4134 edge e; 6437 edge e;
4135 edge_iterator ei; 6438 edge_iterator ei;
4136 for (ei = ei_start (bb->succs); (e = ei_safe_edge (ei)); ) 6439 for (ei = ei_start (bb->succs); (e = ei_safe_edge (ei)); )
4137 { 6440 {
4138 if (e->insns.r) 6441 if (e->insns.r)
4139 { 6442 {
4140 /* Avoid putting insns before parm_birth_insn. */ 6443 rebuild_jump_labels_chain (e->insns.r);
4141 if (e->src == ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR 6444 /* Put insns after parm birth, but before
4142 && single_succ_p (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR) 6445 NOTE_INSNS_FUNCTION_BEG. */
4143 && parm_birth_insn) 6446 if (e->src == ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fun)
6447 && single_succ_p (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fun)))
4144 { 6448 {
4145 rtx insns = e->insns.r; 6449 rtx_insn *insns = e->insns.r;
4146 e->insns.r = NULL_RTX; 6450 e->insns.r = NULL;
4147 emit_insn_after_noloc (insns, parm_birth_insn, e->dest); 6451 if (NOTE_P (parm_birth_insn)
6452 && NOTE_KIND (parm_birth_insn) == NOTE_INSN_FUNCTION_BEG)
6453 emit_insn_before_noloc (insns, parm_birth_insn, e->dest);
6454 else
6455 emit_insn_after_noloc (insns, parm_birth_insn, e->dest);
4148 } 6456 }
4149 else 6457 else
4150 commit_one_edge_insertion (e); 6458 commit_one_edge_insertion (e);
4151 } 6459 }
4152 else 6460 else
4155 } 6463 }
4156 6464
4157 /* We're done expanding trees to RTL. */ 6465 /* We're done expanding trees to RTL. */
4158 currently_expanding_to_rtl = 0; 6466 currently_expanding_to_rtl = 0;
4159 6467
4160 FOR_BB_BETWEEN (bb, ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR->next_bb, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR, next_bb) 6468 flush_mark_addressable_queue ();
6469
6470 FOR_BB_BETWEEN (bb, ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fun)->next_bb,
6471 EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fun), next_bb)
4161 { 6472 {
4162 edge e; 6473 edge e;
4163 edge_iterator ei; 6474 edge_iterator ei;
4164 for (ei = ei_start (bb->succs); (e = ei_safe_edge (ei)); ) 6475 for (ei = ei_start (bb->succs); (e = ei_safe_edge (ei)); )
4165 { 6476 {
4176 else 6487 else
4177 ei_next (&ei); 6488 ei_next (&ei);
4178 } 6489 }
4179 } 6490 }
4180 6491
4181 blocks = sbitmap_alloc (last_basic_block); 6492 auto_sbitmap blocks (last_basic_block_for_fn (fun));
4182 sbitmap_ones (blocks); 6493 bitmap_ones (blocks);
4183 find_many_sub_basic_blocks (blocks); 6494 find_many_sub_basic_blocks (blocks);
4184 sbitmap_free (blocks);
4185 purge_all_dead_edges (); 6495 purge_all_dead_edges ();
4186 6496
4187 compact_blocks ();
4188
4189 expand_stack_alignment (); 6497 expand_stack_alignment ();
4190 6498
4191 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING 6499 /* Fixup REG_EQUIV notes in the prologue if there are tailcalls in this
4192 verify_flow_info (); 6500 function. */
4193 #endif 6501 if (crtl->tail_call_emit)
6502 fixup_tail_calls ();
6503
6504 /* After initial rtl generation, call back to finish generating
6505 exception support code. We need to do this before cleaning up
6506 the CFG as the code does not expect dead landing pads. */
6507 if (fun->eh->region_tree != NULL)
6508 finish_eh_generation ();
6509
6510 /* BB subdivision may have created basic blocks that are are only reachable
6511 from unlikely bbs but not marked as such in the profile. */
6512 if (optimize)
6513 propagate_unlikely_bbs_forward ();
6514
6515 /* Remove unreachable blocks, otherwise we cannot compute dominators
6516 which are needed for loop state verification. As a side-effect
6517 this also compacts blocks.
6518 ??? We cannot remove trivially dead insns here as for example
6519 the DRAP reg on i?86 is not magically live at this point.
6520 gcc.c-torture/execute/ipa-sra-2.c execution, -Os -m32 fails otherwise. */
6521 cleanup_cfg (CLEANUP_NO_INSN_DEL);
6522
6523 checking_verify_flow_info ();
6524
6525 /* Initialize pseudos allocated for hard registers. */
6526 emit_initial_value_sets ();
6527
6528 /* And finally unshare all RTL. */
6529 unshare_all_rtl ();
4194 6530
4195 /* There's no need to defer outputting this function any more; we 6531 /* There's no need to defer outputting this function any more; we
4196 know we want to output it. */ 6532 know we want to output it. */
4197 DECL_DEFER_OUTPUT (current_function_decl) = 0; 6533 DECL_DEFER_OUTPUT (current_function_decl) = 0;
4198 6534
4207 /* And the pass manager will dump RTL for us. */ 6543 /* And the pass manager will dump RTL for us. */
4208 } 6544 }
4209 6545
4210 /* If we're emitting a nested function, make sure its parent gets 6546 /* If we're emitting a nested function, make sure its parent gets
4211 emitted as well. Doing otherwise confuses debug info. */ 6547 emitted as well. Doing otherwise confuses debug info. */
4212 { 6548 {
4213 tree parent; 6549 tree parent;
4214 for (parent = DECL_CONTEXT (current_function_decl); 6550 for (parent = DECL_CONTEXT (current_function_decl);
4215 parent != NULL_TREE; 6551 parent != NULL_TREE;
4216 parent = get_containing_scope (parent)) 6552 parent = get_containing_scope (parent))
4217 if (TREE_CODE (parent) == FUNCTION_DECL) 6553 if (TREE_CODE (parent) == FUNCTION_DECL)
4218 TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (parent)) = 1; 6554 TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (parent)) = 1;
4219 } 6555 }
4220
4221 /* We are now committed to emitting code for this function. Do any
4222 preparation, such as emitting abstract debug info for the inline
4223 before it gets mangled by optimization. */
4224 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (current_function_decl))
4225 (*debug_hooks->outlining_inline_function) (current_function_decl);
4226 6556
4227 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (current_function_decl) = 1; 6557 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (current_function_decl) = 1;
4228 6558
4229 /* After expanding, the return labels are no longer needed. */ 6559 /* After expanding, the return labels are no longer needed. */
4230 return_label = NULL; 6560 return_label = NULL;
4231 naked_return_label = NULL; 6561 naked_return_label = NULL;
6562
6563 /* After expanding, the tm_restart map is no longer needed. */
6564 if (fun->gimple_df->tm_restart)
6565 fun->gimple_df->tm_restart = NULL;
6566
4232 /* Tag the blocks with a depth number so that change_scope can find 6567 /* Tag the blocks with a depth number so that change_scope can find
4233 the common parent easily. */ 6568 the common parent easily. */
4234 set_block_levels (DECL_INITIAL (cfun->decl), 0); 6569 set_block_levels (DECL_INITIAL (fun->decl), 0);
4235 default_rtl_profile (); 6570 default_rtl_profile ();
6571
6572 /* For -dx discard loops now, otherwise IL verify in clean_state will
6573 ICE. */
6574 if (rtl_dump_and_exit)
6575 {
6576 cfun->curr_properties &= ~PROP_loops;
6577 loop_optimizer_finalize ();
6578 }
6579
4236 timevar_pop (TV_POST_EXPAND); 6580 timevar_pop (TV_POST_EXPAND);
6581
4237 return 0; 6582 return 0;
4238 } 6583 }
4239 6584
4240 struct rtl_opt_pass pass_expand = 6585 } // anon namespace
4241 { 6586
4242 { 6587 rtl_opt_pass *
4243 RTL_PASS, 6588 make_pass_expand (gcc::context *ctxt)
4244 "expand", /* name */ 6589 {
4245 NULL, /* gate */ 6590 return new pass_expand (ctxt);
4246 gimple_expand_cfg, /* execute */ 6591 }
4247 NULL, /* sub */
4248 NULL, /* next */
4249 0, /* static_pass_number */
4250 TV_EXPAND, /* tv_id */
4251 PROP_ssa | PROP_gimple_leh | PROP_cfg
4252 | PROP_gimple_lcx, /* properties_required */
4253 PROP_rtl, /* properties_provided */
4254 PROP_ssa | PROP_trees, /* properties_destroyed */
4255 TODO_verify_ssa | TODO_verify_flow
4256 | TODO_verify_stmts, /* todo_flags_start */
4257 TODO_dump_func
4258 | TODO_ggc_collect /* todo_flags_finish */
4259 }
4260 };